Nortek Inc
Nortek Inc
Nortek Inc
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10 - K
(Mark One)
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year-ended December 31, 2011
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from __________ to __________
Commission file number: 001-34697
Nortek, Inc.
Delaware
05-0314991
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, Rhode Island
02903-2360
(Zip Code)
(401) 751-1600
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes [_] No [X]
Indicate by check mark whether registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No
[_]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and
posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes [X]
No [_]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's
knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large
accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer [_]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [_] No [X]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes [X] No [_]
As of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter (July 2, 2011), the aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by
non-affiliates was approximately $370.0 million. The registrant's common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol NTK on November 15,
2011.
The number of shares of the registrant's common stock outstanding as of March 23, 2012 was 15,132,239.
Portions of the registrant's definitive Proxy Statement relating to the registrant's 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A are incorporated by
reference in Part III of this annual Report on Form 10-K.
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 1.
ITEM 1A.
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
ITEM 4.
ITEM 5.
ITEM 6.
ITEM 7.
ITEM 7A.
ITEM 8.
ITEM 9.
ITEM 9A.
ITEM 9B.
ITEM 10.
ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.
ITEM 13.
ITEM 14.
ITEM 15.
BUSINESS
RISK FACTORS
10
PROPERTIES
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
22
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
OTHER INFORMATION
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
25
28
24
24
29
74
74
74
74
74
75
75
75
75
75
76
This annual report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. When used in this discussion and throughout this document, words such as
intends, plans, estimates, believes, anticipates and expects or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These
statements are based on the Company's current plans and expectations and involve risks and uncertainties, over which the Company has no control, that
could cause actual future activities and results of operations to be materially different from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. Important factors
that could cause actual future activities and operating results to differ include the availability and cost of certain raw materials (including, among others, steel,
copper, packaging materials, plastics, resins, glass, wood and aluminum) and purchased components, freight costs, the level of domestic and foreign
construction and remodeling activity affecting residential and commercial markets, interest rates, employment levels, inflation, foreign currency fluctuations,
consumer spending levels, exposure to foreign economies, the rate of sales growth, prices, and product and warranty liability claims. Readers are cautioned not
to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. The Company undertakes no obligation to update
publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking
statements attributable to the Company or persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements. Readers are also
urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by the Company in this annual report on Form 10-K, including without limitation the
risk factors described in Item 1A, and any further disclosures the Company makes on related subjects in its 10-Q and 8-K reports filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the SEC).
WEBSITE ACCESS TO COMPANY REPORTS
Copies of our filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports
on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K) are available on our website, www.nortek-inc.com, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after
such materials are filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.
Table of Contents
PART I
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS.
General
Nortek was founded in 1967 and is headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island. The Company is incorporated in the State of Delaware. In this annual report,
Nortek, the Company, we, us, and our refer to Nortek, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries unless the context requires otherwise.
We are a diversified manufacturer of innovative, branded residential and commercial building products, operating within four reporting segments:
Through these segments, we manufacture and sell, primarily in the United States, Canada and Europe, a wide variety of products for the remodeling and
replacement markets, the residential and commercial new construction markets, the manufactured housing market and the personal and enterprise computer
markets.
Our performance is significantly impacted by the levels of residential replacement and remodeling activity, as well as the levels of residential and nonresidential new construction. New residential and non-residential construction activity and, to a lesser extent, residential remodeling and replacement activity
are affected by seasonality and cyclical factors such as interest rates, credit availability, inflation, consumer spending, employment levels and other
macroeconomic factors, over which we have no control.
Additional information concerning our business is set forth in Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Item 7 of Part II of this report. Additional financial information on our reporting segments, as well as foreign and domestic operations, is set forth in Note 12,
Segment Information and Concentration of Credit Risk , to the consolidated financial statements, Item 8 of Part II of this report.
2009 Bankruptcy and Reorganization
On December 17, 2009, we successfully emerged from bankruptcy as a reorganized company after voluntarily filing for bankruptcy on October 21, 2009
with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the "Bankruptcy Court"), pursuant to prepackaged plans of reorganization (the
Reorganization). The purpose of the Reorganization was to reorganize our capital structure while allowing us to continue to operate our business. The
Reorganization was necessary because it was determined that we would be unable to operate our business and meet our debt obligations under our preReorganization capital structure.
As a result of the Reorganization, approximately $1.3 billion of debt was eliminated. On December 29, 2009, the Bankruptcy Court closed the bankruptcy
cases for Norteks subsidiaries and on March 31, 2010, closed the bankruptcy case for Nortek. On December 17, 2009 (the Effective Date), we emerged
from bankruptcy as a reorganized company with a new capital structure.
For further information regarding our capital structure, see Note 2, Reorganization Under Chapter 11, Note 3, Fresh-Start Accounting, Note 8,
Notes, Mortgage Notes and Obligations Payable , and Note 9, Share-Based Compensation , to the consolidated financial statements, Item 8 of Part II
of this report.
Table of Contents
Based on internal research and industry knowledge, we believe that we are one of the world's largest suppliers of residential range hoods and exhaust fans and
are the largest supplier of these products in North America, in each case, based on revenues. We also believe, based on internal research and industry
knowledge, that we are one of the leading suppliers in Europe of luxury Eurostyle range hoods, based on revenues. Our kitchen range hoods expel grease,
smoke, moisture and odors from the cooking area and are offered under an array of price points and styles from economy to upscale models. The exhaust fans
we offer are primarily used in bathrooms to remove humidity and odors and include combination units, which may have lights, heaters or both. Our range
hood and exhaust fan products are differentiated on the basis of air movement as measured in cubic feet per minute and sound output as measured in sones.
The Home Ventilating Institute in the United States certifies our range hood and exhaust fan products, as well as our indoor air quality products.
Our sales of kitchen range hoods and exhaust fans accounted for approximately 11.9% and 9.2%, respectively, of consolidated net sales in 2011, 14.1% and
10.3%, respectively, of consolidated net sales in 2010 and approximately 14.2% and 10.3%, respectively, of consolidated net sales in 2009. Based on internal
research and analysis, we estimate that approximately 70% to 80% of the segment's 2011 net sales were sold for remodeling and replacement applications
versus new residential construction.
We believe, based on revenues, we are one of the largest suppliers in North America of indoor air quality products, which include air exchangers, as well as
heat or energy recovery ventilators (HRVs or ERVs, respectively), that provide whole house ventilation. These systems bring in fresh air from the outdoors
while exhausting stale air from the home. Both HRVs and ERVs moderate the temperature of the fresh air by transferring heat from one air stream to the other.
In addition, ERVs also modify the humidity content of the fresh air. We also sell powered attic ventilators, which alleviate heat built up in attic areas and
reduce deterioration of roof structures.
Since the late 1970s, homes have been built more airtight and insulated in order to increase energy efficiency. According to published studies, this trend
correlates with an increased incidence of respiratory problems such as asthma and allergies in individuals. In addition, excess moisture, which may be
trapped in a home, has the potential to cause significant deterioration to the structure and interiors of the home. Proper intermittent ventilation in high
concentration areas, such as kitchens and baths, as well as whole house ventilation help to mitigate these problems.
We sell other products in this segment, including, among others, door chimes, medicine cabinets, trash compactors, ceiling fans and central vacuum
systems, by leveraging our strong brand names and distribution network.
We sell the products in our RVP segment to distributors and dealers of electrical and lighting products, kitchen and bath dealers, retail home centers and
private label customers under the Broan, NuTone, Venmar, Best and Zephyr brand names, among others. Private label customers accounted for
approximately 16% of the net sales of this segment in 2011.
A key component of our operating strategy for this segment is the introduction of new products and innovations, which capitalize on the strong brand names
and the extensive distribution system of the segment's businesses. New product development efforts are focused on improving the style, performance, cost,
and energy efficiency of the products. In this segment, we have introduced a line of upscale range hoods encompassing the latest in style and functionality.
Also offered in this segment is a full line of EnergyStar compliant ventilation fans including heavy-duty models ideal for light commercial installations and
offices, recessed fan/lights, as well as 35 different models in the Ultra Silent Series. We believe that the variety of product offerings and new product
introductions help us to maintain and improve our market position for our principal products. At the same time, we believe that our status as a low-cost
producer provides the segment with a competitive advantage.
4
Table of Contents
Our primary residential ventilation products compete with many products supplied by domestic and international companies in various markets. We compete
with suppliers of competitive products primarily on the basis of quality, distribution, delivery and price. Although we believe we compete favorably with other
suppliers of residential ventilation products, some of our competitors have greater financial and marketing resources than this segment of our business.
Product manufacturing in the RVP segment generally consists of fabrication from coil and sheet steel and formed metal utilizing stamping, pressing and
welding methods, assembly with components and subassemblies purchased from outside sources (principally motors, fan blades, heating elements, wiring
harnesses, controlling devices, glass, mirrors, lighting fixtures, polyethylene components and electronic components) and painting, finishing and packaging.
Over the past several years, we have moved the production of certain of our product lines from facilities in the United States, Canada and Italy to regions with
lower labor costs, such as China, Poland and Mexico. In addition to these moves, in 2008, we consolidated the production of medicine cabinets from our
facilities in Los Angeles, California and Union, Illinois to our facility in Cleburne, Texas, which was previously used to manufacture range hoods.
This segment's primary products compete globally with products supplied by many domestic and international suppliers in various markets. In the range
hood market, this segment's primary global competitors are Elica Group, Faber S.p.A. and Cata Electrodomesticas S.L. This segment competes with
Panasonic Corporation, among others, in the residential exhaust fan market.
Our RVP segment had 11 manufacturing plants and employed approximately 2,700 full-time people as of December 31, 2011, of which approximately 200
were covered by collective bargaining agreements which expired in 2011 and approximately 200 are covered by collective bargaining agreements which expire in
2013. In 2011, management approved a plan to reduce costs and improve production efficiencies at our subsidiary, Best, which included a transfer of certain
employees in Italy, and an overall reduction of the total workforce in Italy. During 2011, we recorded expenses in the segment related to severance and other
costs arising from the implementation of this plan. As we continue to restructure Best, it is possible that additional expenses may be incurred, however, at this
point we do not expect to record any significant additional charges in 2012, and believe our relationships with employees in this segment are satisfactory.
Our TECH segment manufactures and distributes a broad array of products designed to provide convenience and security for residential and certain
commercial applications. The principal product categories sold in this segment are:
The segment's audio/video distribution and control equipment products include whole-house audio/video systems, video signal transmission and conversion
devices, home integration systems as well as certain accessories often used with these systems such as structured wiring, power conditioners and surge
protectors. Whole-house audio/video systems include multi-room/multi-source controllers and amplifiers, home theater receivers, intercom systems, speakers,
and control devices such as keypads, remote controls and volume controls. The segment's speakers are primarily built-in (in-wall or in-ceiling) and are
primarily used in multi-room or home theater applications. These products are sold under the Niles, Elan, ATON, SpeakerCraft, Proficient Audio
Systems, Sunfire, and Xantech brand names, among others. The segment's video signal transmission and conversion devices allow conversion of video
signals into various formats as well as the transmission of video signals to multiple display screens. In addition to residential home theater applications, these
products are often used in non-residential applications such as retail outlets, airports and casinos and are sold under the Magenta and Gefen brand names.
The segment's home integration systems include software and hardware that facilitate the control of third-party residential subsystems such as home theater,
whole-house audio, climate control, lighting, security and irrigation. These products are sold under the Home Logic and Elan g! brand names. Other
products in this category include power conditioners and surge protectors sold under the Panamax and Furman brand names and structured wiring
products sold under the OpenHouse and Channel Plus brand names. Sales of audio/video distribution and control products accounted for approximately
29% and 43% of total TECH segment net sales in 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Table of Contents
We sell the products in our TECH segment to distributors, professional installers, electronics retailers and original equipment manufacturers. Sales in this
segment are primarily driven by replacement applications, new installations in existing properties and purchases of high-priced audio/video equipment such as
flat panel televisions and displays and to a lesser extent new construction activity. Sales of digital display mounting and mobility products are primarily
driven by personal computer and I.T. spending, as well as from the sale of other products for which a mounting solution is needed. In addition, a portion of
the sales in this segment is driven by sales to customers in the non-residential market. Based on internal analysis, we estimate that in 2011, approximately
80% to 90% of this segment's net sales was attributable to end-use applications not related to residential new construction.
The segment offers a broad array of products under widely-recognized brand names with various features and price points, which we believe allows it to
expand its distribution in the professional installation and retail markets. Another key component of our operating strategy is the introduction of new products
and innovations, which capitalize on our well-known brand names and strong customer relationships.
The segment's primary products compete with products supplied by many domestic and international suppliers in various markets. The segment competes
with several portfolio companies of Duchossois Industries, Inc., including Chamberlain Corporation, Milestone AV Technologies and AMX LLC. The
segment also competes with Crestron Electronics, Inc., among others. The segment competes with suppliers of competitive products primarily on the basis of
quality, distribution, delivery and price. In addition, certain products are sourced from low cost Asian suppliers based on our specifications. Although we
believe we compete favorably with other suppliers of technology products, some of our competitors have greater financial and marketing resources than this
segment of our business.
In this segment, we have several administrative and distribution facilities in the United States and a significant amount of our products are manufactured at
our facilities located in China. Our TECH segment had 11 manufacturing plants and employed approximately 3,300 full-time people as of December 31, 2011.
We believe that our relationships with the employees in this segment are satisfactory.
Table of Contents
The segment sells its manufactured housing products to builders of manufactured housing and, through distributors, to manufactured housing retailers and
owners. The majority of sales to builders of manufactured housing consist of furnaces designed and engineered to meet or exceed certain standards mandated
by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, or HUD, and other federal agencies. These standards differ in several important respects from
the standards for furnaces used in site-built residential homes. The aftermarket channel of distribution includes sales of both new and replacement air
conditioning units and heat pumps and replacement furnaces. We believe that we have one major competitor in the manufactured housing furnace market,
York by Johnson Controls, which markets its products primarily under the Coleman name. The segment competes with most major industry
manufacturers in the manufactured housing air conditioning market.
The segment sells residential HVAC products for use in site-built homes through independently owned distributors who sell to HVAC contractors. The sitebuilt residential HVAC market is very competitive. In this market, the segment competes with, among others, Carrier Corporation (a subsidiary of United
Technologies Corporation), Rheem Manufacturing Company, Lennox Industries, Inc., Trane, Inc. (a subsidiary of IngersollRand Company), York by
Johnson Controls and Goodman Global, Inc. During 2011, we estimate that approximately 60% of this segment's net sales were attributable to the replacement
market versus residential construction, including manufactured housing.
In addition, the segment sells residential HVAC products outside of North America, with sales concentrated primarily in Latin America and the Middle East.
International sales consist of not only the segment's manufactured products, but also products manufactured to specification by outside sources. The products
are sold under the Westinghouse licensed brand name, the segment's own Miller brand name, as well as other private label brand names.
The segment competes in both the site-built and manufactured housing markets on the basis of breadth and quality of its product line, distribution, product
availability and price. Although we believe that we compete favorably with respect to certain of these factors, most of the segment's competitors have greater
financial and marketing resources and the products of certain competitors may enjoy greater brand awareness than our residential HVAC products.
Our R-HVAC segment had 3 manufacturing plants and employed approximately 1,100 full-time people as of December 31, 2011. We believe that our
relationships with our employees in this segment are satisfactory.
Our subsidiary, Eaton-Williams Group Limited, manufactures and markets custom and standard air conditioning and humidification equipment throughout
Western Europe under the Vapac, Cubit, Qualitair, Edenaire, Colman and Moducel brand names.
The market for commercial HVAC equipment is divided into standard and custom-designed equipment. Standard equipment can be manufactured at a lower
cost and therefore offered at substantially lower initial prices than custom-designed equipment. As a result, standard equipment suppliers generally have a
larger share of the overall commercial HVAC market than custom-designed equipment suppliers, such as us. However, because of certain building designs,
shapes or other characteristics, we believe there are many applications for which custom-designed equipment is required or is more cost effective over the life of
the building. Unlike standard equipment, the segment's commercial HVAC equipment can be designed to match a customer's exact space, capacity and
performance requirements. The segment's packaged rooftop and self-contained walk-in equipment rooms maximize a building's rentable floor space because
this equipment is located outside the building. In addition, the manner of construction
Table of Contents
The segment's commercial HVAC products are marketed through independent manufacturers' representatives, as well as other sales, marketing and
engineering professionals. The independent representatives are typically HVAC engineers, a factor which is significant in marketing the segment's commercial
products because of the design-intensive nature of the market segment in which we compete.
We believe that we are among the largest suppliers of custom-designed commercial HVAC products in the United States. The segment's four largest competitors
in the commercial HVAC market are Carrier Corporation, York by Johnson Controls, McQuay International (a subsidiary of OYL Corporation) and Trane,
Inc. (a subsidiary of Ingersoll-Rand Company). The segment competes primarily on the basis of engineering support, quality, design and construction
flexibility and total installed system cost. Although we believe that we compete favorably with respect to some of these factors, most of our competitors have
greater financial and marketing resources than this segment of our business and enjoy greater brand awareness. However, we believe that our ability to produce
equipment that meets the performance characteristics required by the particular product application provides us with an advantage that some of our
competitors do not enjoy.
Our C-HVAC segment had 9 manufacturing plants and employed approximately 2,200 full-time people at December 31, 2011, of which approximately 200
were covered by a collective bargaining agreement which expires in 2012. We believe that our relationships with our employees in this segment are satisfactory.
Backlog
Backlog expected to be filled within the next twelve months was approximately $329.2 million as of December 31, 2011 as compared to approximately
$272.4 million as of December 31, 2010 . The increase in backlog at December 31, 2011 as compared to December 31, 2010 primarily reflects an increase in
the C-HVAC segment primarily related to an increase in orders and improved pricing during 2011 principally for jobs expected to be delivered during the first
half of 2012.
Backlog is not regarded as a significant factor for operations where orders are generally for prompt delivery. While backlog stated for all periods is believed to
be firm, as all orders are supported by either a purchase order or a letter of intent, the possibility of cancellations makes it difficult to assess the firmness of
backlog with certainty, and therefore there can be no assurance that our backlog will result in actual revenues.
Raw Materials
We purchase raw materials and most components used in our various manufacturing processes. The principal raw materials and components we purchase are
rolled sheet steel, formed and galvanized steel, copper, aluminum, plate mirror glass, various chemicals, paints, plastics, motors and compressors.
The materials, molds and dies, subassemblies and components purchased from other manufacturers, and other materials and supplies used in our
manufacturing processes have generally been available from a variety of sources. From time to time the cost and availability of raw materials is affected by the
raw material demands of other industries, among other factors. Whenever practical, we establish multiple sources for the purchase of raw materials and
components to achieve competitive pricing, ensure flexibility, and protect against supply disruption. We employ a company-wide procurement strategy
designed to reduce the purchase price of raw materials and purchased components. We believe that the use of these strategic sourcing procurement
Table of Contents
practices will continue to enhance our competitive position by reducing costs from vendors and limiting cost increases for goods and services in sectors
experiencing rising prices.
We are subject to significant market risk with respect to the pricing of the principal raw materials used to manufacture our products. If prices of these raw
materials were to increase dramatically, we may not be able to pass such increases on to our customers and, as a result, gross margins could decline
significantly.
Research and Development
Our research and development activities are principally for new product development and represented approximately 2.7%, 2.9% and 2.9% of consolidated net
sales for the years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
We are subject to numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to protection of the environment, including those that impose
limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the environment (land, air and water), establish standards for the use, treatment, storage and disposal of solid
and hazardous materials and wastes and govern the cleanup of contaminated sites. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with the material laws and
regulations applicable to us. We are involved in current, and may become involved in future, remedial actions under federal and state environmental laws and
regulations which impose liability on companies to clean up, or contribute to the cost of cleaning up, sites currently or formerly owned or operated by such
companies or sites at which their hazardous wastes or materials were disposed of or released. Such claims may relate to properties or business lines acquired
by us after a release has occurred. In other instances, we may be partially liable under law or contract to other parties that have acquired businesses or assets
from us for past practices relating to hazardous materials or wastes. Expenditures for the years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009 to evaluate and remediate such
sites were not material to our business, either individually or collectively. While we are able to reasonably estimate certain of our contingent losses, we are
unable to estimate with certainty our ultimate financial exposure in connection with identified or yet to be identified remedial actions due, among other reasons,
to: (i) uncertainties surrounding the nature and application of current or future environmental regulations, (ii) our lack of information about additional sites
where we may be identified as a potentially responsible party ("PRP"), (iii) the level of clean-up that may be required at specific sites and choices concerning
the technologies to be applied in corrective actions and (iv) the time periods over which remediation may occur. Furthermore, since liability for site remediation
may be joint and several, each PRP is potentially wholly liable for other PRPs that become insolvent or bankrupt. Thus, the solvency of other PRPs could
directly affect our ultimate aggregate clean-up costs. In certain circumstances, our liability for clean-up costs may be covered in whole or in part by insurance
or indemnification obligations of third parties.
Our HVAC products must be designed and manufactured to meet various regulatory standards, including standards addressing energy efficiency and the use
of refrigerants. The United States and other countries have implemented a protocol on ozone-depleting substances that restricts or prohibits the use of
hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs), a refrigerant used in air conditioning and heat pump products. In particular, regulations effective January 1, 2010 in
the United States prohibit the use of refrigerant HCFC-22 in HVAC products manufactured on or after January 1, 2010. Our HVAC products manufactured
after January 1, 2010 for sale or distribution in the United States are designed for use with acceptable substitute refrigerants. In 2011, the Department of
Energy issued revised national and regional energy conservation standards that are scheduled to take effect for non-weatherized furnaces on May 1, 2013 and
for central air conditioners, central air conditioning heat pumps and weatherized furnaces on January 1, 2015. We must continue to modify our products to
meet these and other applicable standards as they develop and become more stringent over time.
Table of Contents
Employees
We employed approximately 9,300 full-time people as of December 31, 2011.
A work stoppage at one of our facilities could cause us to lose sales and incur increased costs and could adversely affect our ability to meet customers needs.
A plant shutdown or a substantial modification to a collective bargaining agreement could result in material gains or losses or the recognition of an asset
impairment. As agreements expire and until negotiations are completed, we do not know whether we will be able to negotiate collective bargaining agreements on
the same or more favorable terms as the current agreements, or at all, and without production interruptions, including labor stoppages.
Working Capital
The carrying of inventories to support customers and to permit prompt delivery of finished goods requires substantial working capital. Substantial working
capital is also required to carry receivables. The demand for our products is seasonal, particularly in the Northeast and Midwest regions of the United States
and in Canada where inclement weather during the winter months usually reduces the level of building and remodeling activity in both the home improvement
and new construction markets. Certain of the residential product businesses in the R-HVAC segment have in the past been more seasonal in nature than our
other businesses product categories. As a result, the demand for working capital of our subsidiaries is greater from late in the first quarter until early in the
fourth quarter. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources, Item 7 of
Part II of this report.
ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS.
This section describes the material risks associated with an investment in our common stock or debt securities. Investors should carefully consider each of the
risks described below and all of the other information in this report. If any of the following risks occur, our business, prospects, financial condition, results
of operation or cash flow could be materially and adversely affected. In such an event, the trading price of shares of our common stock or debt could decline
substantially, and investors may lose all or part of the value of their investment.
Our business is dependent upon the levels of remodeling and replacement activity and new construction activity, which are seasonal, and have
been negatively impacted by the economic downturn and the instability of the credit markets.
Critical factors affecting our future performance, including our level of sales, profitability and cash flows are the levels of residential and non-residential
remodeling, replacement and construction activity. The level of new residential and non-residential construction activity and, to a lesser extent, the level of
residential remodeling and replacement activity are affected by seasonality and cyclical factors such as interest rates, inflation, consumer spending,
employment levels and other macroeconomic factors, over which we have no control. Any decline in economic activity as a result of these or other factors
typically results in a decline in new construction and, to a lesser extent, residential remodeling and replacement purchases, which would result in a decrease in
our sales, profitability and cash flows. Instability in the credit and financial markets, troubles in the mortgage market, the level of unemployment and the
decline in home values have had a negative impact on residential new construction activity, consumer disposable income and spending on home remodeling
and repair expenditures. These challenging market conditions are expected to continue for the foreseeable future and may further deteriorate. These factors have
had an adverse effect on our operating results for 2011 and 2010 and may continue to have an adverse effect on our operating results in future periods.
See Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - 2012 Outlook, Item 7 of Part II of this report, for
information on our 2012 outlook.
10
Table of Contents
Fluctuations in the cost or availability of raw materials and components and increases in freight and other costs could have an adverse effect on
our business.
We are dependent upon raw materials and purchased components, including, among others, steel, motors, compressors, copper, packaging material,
aluminum, plastics, glass and various chemicals and paints that we purchase from third parties. As a result, our results of operations, cash flows and
financial condition may be adversely affected by increases in costs of raw materials or components, or by limited availability of raw materials or components.
We do not typically enter into long-term supply contracts for raw materials and components. In addition, we generally do not hedge against our supply
requirements. Accordingly, we may not be able to obtain raw materials and components from our current or alternative suppliers at reasonable prices in the
future, or may not be able to obtain raw materials and components on the scale and within the time frames we require. Further, if our suppliers are unable to
meet our supply requirements, we could experience supply interruptions and/or cost increases. If we are unable to find alternate suppliers or pass along these
additional costs to our customers, these interruptions and/or cost increases could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
During 2011, we experienced lower material costs as a percentage of net sales as compared to 2010, related primarily to the effect of acquisitions. Excluding the
effect of acquisitions, material costs as a percentage of net sales for 2011was approximately 0.2% higher than in 2010 and is primarily the result of changes in
product mix, higher prices related to the purchase of certain purchased components, such as electrical components and plastics, as well as from lower sales
prices in the C-HVAC segment for jobs signed during the second half of 2010 and delivered in the first quarter of 2011. A portion of these increases was offset
by strategic sourcing initiatives and improvements in manufacturing processes.
Rising oil and other energy prices could have an adverse effect on our freight costs. Excluding the effect of acquisitions, freight costs were flat as a percentage
of net sales for 2011 as compared to 2010.
Continued strategic sourcing initiatives and other improvements in manufacturing efficiency, as well as sales price increases, help to mitigate fluctuations in
these costs. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to offset any or all material or other cost increases in any future periods.
The availability of certain raw materials and component parts from sole or limited sources of supply may have an adverse effect on our business.
Sources of raw materials or component parts for certain of our operations may be dependent upon limited or sole sources of supply which may impact our
ability to manufacture finished product. While we continually review alternative sources of supply, there can be no assurance that we will not face disruptions
in sources of supply which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial position.
Weather fluctuations may adversely affect our operating results and our ability to maintain sales volume. In our R-HVAC segment, operations may be
adversely affected by unseasonably warm weather in the months of November to February and unseasonably cool weather in the months of May to August,
which has the effect of diminishing customer demand for heating and air conditioning products. In all of our segments, adverse weather conditions at any time
of the year may negatively affect overall levels of new construction and remodeling and replacement activity, which in turn may lead to a decrease in sales.
Many of our operating expenses are fixed and cannot be reduced during periods of decreased demand for our products. Accordingly, our results of operations
and cash flows will be negatively impacted in quarters with lower sales due to weather fluctuations.
11
Table of Contents
If we fail to identify suitable acquisition candidates or successfully integrate the businesses we have acquired or will acquire in the future, our
business could be negatively impacted.
Historically, we have engaged in a significant number of acquisitions, and those acquisitions have contributed significantly to our growth in sales and
operating results. However, we cannot provide assurance that we will continue to locate and secure acquisition candidates on terms and conditions that are
acceptable to us. If we are unable to identify attractive acquisition candidates, our growth could be impaired. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including:
the difficulty and expense that we incur in connection with the acquisition, including those acquisitions that we pursue but do not ultimately
consummate;
the difficulty and expense that we incur in the subsequent integration of the operations of the acquired company into our operations;
adverse accounting consequences of conforming the acquired companys accounting policies to our accounting policies;
the difficulties and expense of developing, implementing and monitoring systems of internal controls at acquired companies, including disclosure
controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting;
the difficulty in operating acquired businesses;
the diversion of managements attention from our other business concerns;
the potential loss of customers or key employees of acquired companies;
the impact on our financial condition due to the timing of the acquisition or the failure to meet operating expectations for the acquired business; and
the assumption of unknown liabilities of the acquired company.
We cannot assure you that any acquisition we have made or may make in the future will be successfully integrated into our on-going operations or that we will
achieve any expected cost savings from any acquisition. If the operations of an acquired business do not meet expectations, our profitability and cash flows
may be impaired and we may be required to restructure the acquired business or write-off the value of some or all of the assets of the acquired business.
Since January 1, 2010, we have consummated three acquisitions within our TECH segment. Additionally, within the C-HVAC segment, we acquired a fortynine percent minority interest in a newly formed operating joint venture. See Note 5, "Acquisitions" , to the consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this report.
We continue to evaluate potential restructurings, business shutdowns and integrations focused on improving future cash flows of the business.
We continue to evaluate potential restructurings, business shutdowns and integrations focused on improving future cash flows of the business. These
restructurings, business shutdowns and integrations involve numerous risks in their implementations including increased costs, business disruption,
management distraction and potential asset impairment among others and may be unsuccessful. In addition, restructurings of international operations may be
more costly due to differing labor laws, business practices and governmental restrictions, processes and requirements.
In 2011, management approved a plan to reduce costs and improve production efficiencies at the Company's subsidiary, Best, including transferring certain
operations from Italy to Poland. During 2011, the Company recorded expenses in the RVP segment of approximately $1.3 million and $14.4 million within
SG&A and COGS, respectively, related to severance and other costs arising from the implementation of this plan. As the Company continues to restructure
Best, it is possible that additional expenses may be incurred, however, at this point the Company does not expect to record any significant additional charges
in 2012.
12
Table of Contents
Because we compete against competitors with substantially greater resources, we face external competitive risks that may negatively impact our
business.
Our RVP and TECH segments compete with many domestic and international suppliers in various markets. We compete with suppliers of competitive
products primarily on the basis of quality, distribution, delivery and price. Some of our competitors in these markets have greater financial and marketing
resources than that of our RVP and TECH segments.
Our R-HVAC segment competes in both the site-built and manufactured housing markets on the basis of breadth and quality of product line, distribution,
product availability and price. Most of our residential HVAC competitors have greater financial and marketing resources and the products of certain of our
competitors may enjoy greater brand awareness than our residential HVAC products.
Our C-HVAC segment competes primarily on the basis of engineering support, quality, design and construction flexibility and total installed system cost.
Most of our competitors in the commercial HVAC market have greater financial and marketing resources and enjoy greater brand awareness than we enjoy.
Competitive factors could require us to reduce prices or increase spending on product development, marketing and sales, either of which could adversely affect
our operating results.
Because we have substantial operations outside the United States, we are subject to the economic and political conditions of the United States and
foreign nations.
We have manufacturing facilities in several countries outside of the United States. In 2011, we sold products in approximately 100 countries other than the
United States. Foreign net sales, which are attributed based upon the location of our subsidiary responsible for the sale, were approximately 22% and 20% of
consolidated net sales for 2011 and 2010, respectively. Our foreign operations are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including the following:
an outbreak or escalation of any insurrection, armed conflict or act of terrorism, or other forms of political, social or economic instability, may
occur;
natural disasters may occur, and local governments may have difficulties in responding to these events;
the Unites States and foreign governments currently regulate import and export of our products and those of our suppliers and may impose additional
limitations on imports or exports of our products or the products of our suppliers;
foreign governments may nationalize foreign assets or engage in other forms of governmental protectionism;
foreign governments may impose or increase investment barriers, customs or tariffs, or other restrictions affecting our business;
development, implementation and monitoring of systems of internal controls of our international operations, including disclosure controls and
procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, may be difficult and expensive; and
labor cost inflation and changes in labor practices.
The occurrence of any of these conditions could disrupt our business in particular countries or regions of the world, or prevent us from conducting business
in particular countries or regions, which could reduce sales and adversely affect profitability. In addition, we rely on dividends and other payments or
distributions from our subsidiaries, including our foreign subsidiaries, to meet our debt obligations. If foreign governments impose limitations on our ability to
repatriate funds or impose or increase taxes on remittances or other payments to us, the amount of dividends and other distributions we receive from our
foreign subsidiaries could be reduced, which could reduce the amount of cash available to us to meet our debt obligations.
13
Table of Contents
from making improper payments to government officials and others for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our internal policies mandate
compliance with these anti-corruption laws. We operate in parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree, and in certain
circumstances, strict compliance with anti-corruption laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Despite our training and compliance programs,
there can be no assurance that our internal control policies and procedures will protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by those of our employees
or agents who violate our policies. Our continued expansion outside the U.S. (including in developing countries) in connection with our growth strategy could
increase the risk of such violations in the future. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material
adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could adversely affect our revenues, profitability and cash flows.
Our foreign operations expose us to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and currency devaluations. We report our financial results in U.S. dollars, but a
portion of our sales and expenses are denominated in Euros, Canadian dollars, Chinese Renminbi and other foreign currencies. As a result, if the value of the
U.S. dollar increases relative to the value of the Euro, Canadian dollar, Chinese Renminbi and other currencies, our levels of revenue and profitability will
decline since the translation of a certain number of other currencies into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes will represent fewer U.S. dollars.
Conversely, if the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to the value of the Euro, Canadian dollar, Chinese Renminbi and other currencies, our levels of
revenue and profitability will increase since the translation of a certain number of other currencies into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes will
represent additional U.S. dollars.
In certain instances, we enter into transactions that are denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar. At the date the transaction is recognized, each
asset, liability, revenue, expense, gain or loss arising from the transaction is measured and recorded in U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at that
date. At each balance sheet date, recorded monetary balances denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar are adjusted to the U.S. dollar using the
current exchange rate with gains or losses recorded in currency translation adjustment and other, net. In addition, in the case of sales to customers in certain
locations, our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, Euros or Canadian dollars but all or a substantial portion of our associated costs are denominated in a
different currency. As a result, changes in the relative values of U.S. dollars, Euros, Canadian dollars and Chinese Renminbi and any such different currency
will affect our profitability and cash flows.
Varying international business practices may adversely impact our business and reputation.
We currently purchase raw materials, components and finished products from various foreign suppliers. To the extent that any such foreign supplier utilizes
labor or other practices that vary from those commonly accepted in the United States, our business and reputation could be adversely affected by any resulting
litigation, negative publicity, political pressure, or otherwise.
14
Table of Contents
A decline in our relations with key distributors and dealers, loss of major customers or failures or delays in collecting payments from major
customers may negatively impact our business.
Our operations depend upon our ability to maintain relations with our independent distributors and dealers and we do not typically enter into long-term
contracts with them. If our key distributors or dealers are unwilling to continue selling our products, or if any of them merge with or are purchased by a
competitor, we could experience a decline in sales. If we are unable to replace such distributors or dealers or otherwise replace the resulting loss of sales, our
business, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. For example, an affiliated group of distributors of our residential HVAC products
reduced the amount of products which they bought from us by approximately $40.8 million (or 53%) in 2011 as compared to 2010. For 2011, approximately
47% of our consolidated net sales were made through our independent distributors and dealers, and our largest distributor or dealer accounted for
approximately 2% of consolidated net sales for 2011.
In addition, the loss of one or more of our other major customers, or a substantial decrease in such customers' purchases from us, could have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. Because we do not generally have binding long-term purchasing agreements with our customers,
there can be no assurance that our existing customers will continue to purchase products from us. Our largest customer (other than a distributor or dealer)
accounted for approximately 5% and 4% of consolidated net sales for 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Further, a failure or delay in collecting payments due to us from our major customers could negatively impact our business. For example, a customer in our
TECH segment that we began shipping product to during the fourth quarter of 2009, owed us payments of approximately $6.3 million as of December 31,
2011 under an agreement with payment terms which are extended beyond the normal payment terms of this segment. In addition, we had inventory of
approximately $3.5 million at December 31, 2011 for product expected to be sold to this customer in 2012. See Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources-Risks and Uncertainties, Item 7 of Part II of this report, for additional
information on this customer and the amounts involved. While we believe that we will ultimately collect payment in full from this customer, we cannot
guarantee if or when we will receive payment. A failure to collect payment from this customer or other major customers could adversely affect our results of
operations and cash flows.
We must continue to innovate and improve our products to maintain our competitive advantage.
Our ability to maintain and grow our market share depends in part on the ability to continue to develop high quality, innovative products. An important part of
our competitive strategy includes leveraging our distributor and dealer relationships and our existing brands to introduce new products. In addition, some of
our HVAC products are subject to federal minimum efficiency standards and/or protocols concerning the use of ozone-depleting substances that have and are
expected to continue to become more stringent over time. We cannot assure you that our investments in product innovation and technological development will
be sufficient or that we will be able to create and market new products to enable us to successfully compete with new products or technologies developed by our
competitors or to meet heightened regulatory requirements in the future.
15
Table of Contents
Certain of our operations and products are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which may result in substantial
compliance costs or otherwise adversely affect our business.
Our operations are subject to numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to protection of the environment, including those that
impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, establish standards for the use, treatment, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous
materials and wastes and govern the cleanup of contaminated sites. We have used and continue to use various substances in our products and manufacturing
operations, and have generated and continue to generate wastes, which have been or may be deemed to be hazardous or dangerous. As such, our business is
subject to and may be materially and adversely affected by compliance obligations and other liabilities under environmental, health and safety laws and
regulations. These laws and regulations affect ongoing operations and require capital costs and operating expenditures in order to achieve and maintain
compliance. For example, the United States and other countries have established programs for limiting the production, importation and use of certain ozone
depleting chemicals, including HCFCs, a refrigerant used in our air conditioning and heat pump products. Some of these chemicals have been banned
completely, and others have been phased out in the United States. Modifications to the design of our products have been made, and further modifications may
be necessary, in order to utilize alternative refrigerants.
We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, as a result of violations of or liabilities under
environmental laws.
We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, and third party property damage or personal injury claims,
as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws, or non-compliance with environmental permits required at our facilities. Certain
environmental laws and regulations also impose liability, without regard to knowledge or fault, relating to the existence of contamination at or associated with
properties used in our current and former operations, or those of our predecessors, or at locations to which current or former operations or those of our
predecessors have shipped waste for disposal. Contaminants have been detected at certain of our former sites, and we have been named as a potentially
responsible party at several third-party waste disposal sites. While we are not currently aware of any such sites as to which material outstanding claims or
obligations exist, the discovery of additional contaminants or the imposition of additional cleanup obligations at these or other sites could result in significant
liability. In addition, we cannot be certain that identification of presently unidentified environmental conditions, more vigorous enforcement by regulatory
agencies, enactment of more stringent laws and regulations or other unanticipated events will not arise in the future and give rise to material environmental
liabilities or an increase in compliance costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows.
We face risks of litigation and liability claims on product liability, workers compensation and other matters, the extent of which exposure can be
difficult or impossible to estimate and which can negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We are subject to legal proceedings and claims arising out of our businesses that cover a wide range of matters, including contract and employment claims,
product liability claims, warranty claims and claims for modification, adjustment or replacement of component parts of units sold. Product liability and other
legal proceedings include those related to businesses we have acquired or properties we have previously owned or operated.
The development, manufacture, sale and use of our products involve risks of product liability and warranty claims, including personal injury and property
damage arising from fire, soot, mold and carbon monoxide. We currently carry insurance and maintain reserves for potential product liability claims.
However, our insurance coverage may be inadequate if such claims do arise, and any liability not covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on
our business. The accounting for self-insured plans requires that significant judgments and estimates be made both with respect to the future liabilities to be
paid for known claims and incurred but not reported claims as of the reporting date. To date, we have been able to obtain insurance in amounts we believe to
be appropriate to cover such liability. However, our insurance premiums may increase in the future as a consequence of conditions in the insurance business
generally, or our situation in particular. Any such increase could result in lower profits or cause us to reduce our insurance coverage. In addition, a future
claim may be brought against us, which would have a material adverse effect on us. Any product liability claim may also include the imposition of punitive
damages, the award of which, pursuant to certain state laws, may not be covered by insurance. Our product liability insurance policies have limits that, if
exceeded, may result in material costs that would have an adverse effect on future profitability. In addition, warranty claims are generally not covered by our
product liability insurance. Further, any product liability or warranty issues may adversely affect our reputation as a manufacturer of high-quality, safe
products and could have a material adverse effect on our business.
16
Table of Contents
Product recalls or reworks may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
In the event we produce a product that is alleged to contain a design or manufacturing defect, we could be required to incur costs involved to recall or rework
that product. While we have undertaken several voluntary product recalls and reworks over the past several years, additional product recalls and reworks
could result in material costs. Many of our products, especially certain models of bath fans, range hoods, and residential furnaces and air conditioners, have
a large installed base, and any recalls and reworks related to products with a large installed base could be particularly costly. The costs of product recalls and
reworks are not generally covered by insurance. In addition, our reputation for safety and quality is essential to maintaining market share and protecting our
brands. Any recalls or reworks may adversely affect our reputation as a manufacturer of high-quality, safe products and could have a material adverse effect
on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources - Risks and Uncertainties, Item 7 of Part II of this report.
Our business operations could be significantly disrupted if we lost members of our management team.
Our success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our executive officers and key employees and consultants, both individually
and as a group. Our future performance will be substantially dependent on our ability to retain and motivate them. The loss of the services of any of our
executive officers or key employees and consultants could prevent us from successfully executing our business strategy.
Our business operations could be negatively impacted if we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, if we fail to comply with the
terms of our licenses or if third parties claim that we are in violation of their intellectual property rights.
We are highly dependent on certain of the brand names under which we sell our products, including Broan and NuTone. Failure to protect these brand
names and other intellectual property rights or to prevent their unauthorized use by third parties could adversely affect our business. We seek to protect our
intellectual property rights through a combination of trademark, copyright, patent and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements. These
protections may not be adequate to prevent competitors from using our brand names and trademarks without authorization or from copying our products or
developing products equivalent to or superior to ours. We license several brand names from third parties. In the event we fail to comply with the terms of these
licenses, we could lose the right to use these brand names. In addition, we face the risk of claims that we are infringing third parties intellectual property
rights. Any such claim, even if it is without merit, could be expensive and time-consuming; could cause us to cease making, using, or selling certain products
that incorporate the disputed intellectual property; could require us, if feasible, to redesign our products; could divert management time and attention; and
could require us to enter into costly royalty or licensing arrangements.
Our future financial condition and results of operations will not be comparable by the adoption of fresh-start accounting.
As a result of our bankruptcy reorganization, we have adopted fresh-start accounting as of the Effective Date pursuant to the Reorganizations topic of the
Financial Accounting Standards Board (the FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC). Accordingly, our assets and liabilities have been adjusted
to fair value, and certain assets and liabilities not previously recognized in our financial statements have been recognized under fresh-start accounting. As a
result, our financial condition and results of operations from and after the Effective Date will not be comparable, in various material respects, to our financial
condition and results of operations reflected in our consolidated financial statements for the Predecessor periods.
Furthermore, the estimates and assumptions used to implement fresh-start accounting are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies
beyond our control. Accordingly, we cannot provide assurance that the estimates, assumptions and values reflected in the valuations will be realized, and
actual results could vary materially, resulting in future impairment charges. For further information about fresh-start accounting, see Note 3, Fresh-Start
Accounting-Liabilities Subject to Compromise , to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
17
Table of Contents
Our substantial debt could negatively impact our business, prevent us from fulfilling outstanding debt obligations and adversely affect our
financial condition.
p
r
o
x
i
m
a
t
e
l
y
$16.3 million of unamortized debt discount. The terms of our outstanding debt, including our 8.5% Senior Notes due 2021 (the 8.5% Notes), our 10%
Senior Notes due 2018 (the "10% Notes"), our $300.0 million senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (the ABL Facility) and our new senior
secured term loan (" Term Loan Facility") limit, but do not prohibit, us from incurring additional debt. If additional debt is added to current debt levels, the
related risks described below could intensify.
Our substantial debt has or could have important adverse consequences, including the following:
our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, refinancing indebtedness or other purposes could be
impaired;
a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations will be dedicated to paying principal and interest on our debt, thereby reducing funds
our failure to comply with the restrictions in our financing agreements would have a material adverse effect on us and our ability to meet our
we face limitations on our ability to make strategic acquisitions, invest in new products or capital assets or take advantage of business
opportunities; and
we are limited in our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate.
The terms of our debt covenants impose restrictions on how we conduct our business and could limit our ability to raise additional funds.
The agreements that govern the terms of our debt, including the respective indentures that govern our 8.5% Notes and our 10% Notes and the credits agreement
that govern our ABL Facility and Term Loan Facility, contain covenants that restrict our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to:
There are limitations on our ability to incur the full $300.0 million of commitments under the ABL Facility. Availability is limited to the lesser of the borrowing
base under the ABL Facility and $300.0 million. As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $42.0 million in outstanding borrowings and approximately
$14.7 million in outstanding letters of credit under the ABL Facility. Based on the borrowing base calculations as of December 31, 2011, we had excess
availability of approximately $203.9 million under the ABL Facility and approximately $164.8 million of excess availability before triggering the cash deposit
requirements discussed in the next paragraph. As of March 23, 2012, we had approximately $17.0 million in outstanding borrowings and approximately
$14.3 million in outstanding letters of credit under the ABL Facility. Based on the borrowing base calculations as of February 2012, at March 23, 2012, we
had excess availability of approximately $223.4 million under the ABL Facility and approximately $185.2 million of excess availability before triggering the
cash deposit requirements.
We will be required to deposit cash daily from our material deposit accounts (including all concentration accounts) into collection accounts maintained with the
administrative agent under the ABL Facility, which will be used to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralized letters of credit if, (i) excess availability (as
defined in the ABL Facility) falls below the greater of $35.0 million or
18
Table of Contents
unable to repay the amounts due and payable under our ABL Facility or Term Loan Facility, the lenders to the ABL Facility or the Term Loan Facility,
respectively, could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. In the event our noteholders or lenders accelerate the repayment of
our borrowings, we can provide no assurances that we and our subsidiaries would have sufficient assets to repay such indebtedness. As a result of these
restrictions, we may be:
We may be unable to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and other liquidity requirements and may be forced to take other
actions to satisfy such requirements, which may not be successful.
We will be required to repay all amounts outstanding under our ABL Facility in 2015, our Term Loan Facility in 2017, our 10% Notes by 2018 and our 8.5%
Notes by 2021. We will be required to make scheduled quarterly payments each equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the Term Loan Facility,
with the balance due in 2017. At December 31, 2011, we had outstanding borrowings under these obligations of approximately $1,139.4 million (excluding
unamortized debt discount of approximately $14.4 million). We are currently obligated to make periodic interest payments under the 8.5% Notes, the 10%
Notes, the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility, as well as make periodic interest and principal payments relating to other indebtedness of our
subsidiaries. Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to
generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are
beyond our control.
We expect that we will need to access the capital markets in the future in order to refinance all amounts outstanding under the 8.5% Notes, the 10% Notes, the
ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility, as we do not anticipate generating sufficient cash flow from operations to repay such amounts in full. We cannot
assure you that funds will be available to us in the capital markets, together with cash generated from operations, in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay
our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially
reasonable terms or at all. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, seeking additional equity or reducing or
delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances. We cannot assure you that any such actions, if necessary, could be effected on
commercially reasonable terms or at all.
For further information regarding our yearly contractual obligations and sources of liquidity, see Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources", Item 7 of Part II of this report.
If we are unable to access funds generated by our subsidiaries, we may not be able to meet our financial obligations.
Because we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for dividends, distributions and other payments to generate the funds
necessary to meet our financial obligations. Legal restrictions in the United States and foreign jurisdictions applicable to our subsidiaries and contractual
restrictions in certain agreements governing current and future indebtedness of our subsidiaries, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements
of our subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. All of our subsidiaries are separate and independent legal entities and have no
obligation whatsoever to pay any dividends, distributions or other payments to us.
19
Table of Contents
The trading volume in our common stock is less than that of similar public companies.
Although our common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Market, the average daily trading volume in our common stock is generally less
than that of many of our publicly traded competitors and other diversified manufacturing companies. For the three months ended March 14, 2012, the average
daily trading volume for our common stock was approximately 10,572 shares per day. Public companies such as us, with a relatively concentrated level of
institutional shareholders, often have difficulty generating trading volume in their stock. This illiquidity can result in relative price discounts as compared to
industry peers or to the stock's inherent value. It can also result in limited or no research analyst coverage, the absence of which may make it difficult for a
company to establish and hold a market following. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on
the presence of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general
economic and market conditions over which we have no control.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations
regarding our common stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our common stock price could decline.
The market price of our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business.
Since our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Market, no securities analysts have initiated coverage of Nortek. If we do not have analyst
coverage of our common stock, we may lack visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the market price of our common stock or its
trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover our company downgrade our common stock or if our operating results or
prospects do not meet their expectations, the market price of our common stock could decline.
The market price for our common stock could also fall if our existing significant stockholders, or management, sell, or attempt to sell, large amounts of our
common stock. Alternatively, if these stockholders do not trade their shares, our common stock could be thinly traded resulting in a wide spread of bid and
ask prices for our common stock, which could reduce the trading volume of our common stock.
Future sales of our common stock may lower our stock price.
The perception in the public market that our existing stockholders might sell shares of common stock could depress the market price of our common stock,
regardless of the actual plans of our existing stockholders. Funds affiliated with Ares Management LLC (Ares), which together hold approximately 35% of
our outstanding shares of common stock as of March 14, 2012, will have the right, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, to require us to use our best
efforts to register their shares of common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, and to participate in future registrations of
securities by us. Registration of any of these shares would result in the shares becoming freely tradable.
20
Table of Contents
Anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover
attempt that our stockholders may find beneficial.
Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging an
acquisition deemed undesirable by our Board of Directors. Our corporate governance documents include provisions:
establishing a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board are elected at one time;
providing that directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause;
authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;
requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates
for election to our Board of Directors; and
limiting the determination of the number of directors on our Board of Directors and the filling of vacancies or newly created seats on the board to our
Board of Directors then in office.
These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile takeovers and changes in control of our company or changes in our management.
Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the
opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay
for our common stock.
Our common stockholders exert significant influence over us. Their interests may not coincide with yours and they may make decisions with
which you may disagree.
Funds affiliated with Ares own, in the aggregate, approximately 35% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock as of March 14, 2012 and other
stockholders also own significant portions of our common stock. As a result, these stockholders, acting individually or together, control substantially all
matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and the approval of significant corporate transactions. In addition, this
concentration of equity ownership may delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may make some transactions more difficult or impossible
without the support of these stockholders. The interests of these stockholders may not always coincide with our interests as a company or the interests of other
stockholders. Accordingly, these stockholders could cause us to enter into transactions or agreements that you would not approve or make decisions with
which you may disagree.
In addition, several of our directors and officers are associated with Ares. While our directors and officers have a fiduciary duty to make decisions in our
interests and the interests of our stockholders, those affiliated with Ares may have a fiduciary duty to exercise rights in a manner beneficial to Ares. As a result
of these conflicts, our directors and officers may feel obligated to take actions that benefit Ares as opposed to us and our stockholders.
Further, our bylaws and certificate of incorporation allow a majority of our stockholders to take action by written consent, rather than at an annual or special
meeting of stockholders, and without providing prior notice to other stockholders. These provisions generally allow our stockholders to act quickly. However,
if you are in the minority, you may not receive prior notice of, or have the opportunity to object to, certain actions that may be proposed by a majority of our
stockholders.
21
Table of Contents
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES.
Set forth below is a brief description of the location and general character of the principal administrative and manufacturing facilities and other material real
properties of our continuing operations, all of which we consider to be in satisfactory repair as of December 31, 2011. All properties are owned, except for
those indicated by an asterisk (*), which are leased under operating leases and those with a double asterisk (**), which are leased under capital leases.
Description
Location
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Warehouse
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative/Other
Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative/Other
Administrative
Warehouse/Administrative
Warehouse/Administrative
Warehouse
Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
22
Approximate Square
Feet
538,000
(2)
130,000
110,000
12,000
174,000
215,000
126,000
(2)
41,000
198,000
35,000
162,000
204,000
38,000
*
*
410,000
13,000
36,000
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
97,000
70,000
82,000
89,000
51,000
26,000
71,000
162,000
17,000
28,000
102,000
159,000
18,000
10,000
20,000
(1)
(2)
*
**
*
(2)
*
*
*
Table of Contents
Description
Location
Warehouse/Administrative
Warehouse
Manufacturing
Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse
Manufacturing/Warehouse
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Warehouse
Manufacturing/Administrative
Manufacturing/Administrative
Manufacturing/Administrative
Manufacturing/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Manufacturing/Administrative
Manufacturing/Administrative
Manufacturing/Administrative
Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative
Administrative
Other:
Providence, RI
Administrative
Approximate Square
Feet
(1) These facilities are pledged as security under various subsidiary debt agreements.
(2) These facilities are pledged as first priority security under the Term Loan Facility and as second priority under the ABL Facility.
23
70,000
103,000
*
*
250,000
150,000
725,000
368,000
111,000
17,000
(2)
(1)
95,000
59,000
45,000
127,000
228,000
113,000
127,000
41,000
**
**
*
*
*
*
*
(2)
(2)
104,000
200,000
30,000
*
*
*
*
*
*
23,000
Table of Contents
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
The information contained under the section entitled Business - 2009 Bankruptcy and Reorganization in Item 1 of this report is incorporated herein by
reference.
The Company is subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations, including environmental laws and regulations that impose limitations on
the discharge of pollutants into the air and water and establish standards for the treatment, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes. The Company
believes that it is in substantial compliance with the material laws and regulations applicable to it. The Company is involved in current, and may become
involved in future, remedial actions under federal and state environmental laws and regulations which impose liability on companies to clean up, or contribute
to the cost of cleaning up, sites at which their hazardous wastes or materials were disposed of or released. Such claims may relate to properties or business
lines acquired by the Company after a release has occurred. In other instances, the Company may be partially liable under law or contract to other parties that
have acquired businesses or assets from the Company for past practices relating to hazardous substances management. The Company believes that all such
claims asserted against it, or such obligations incurred by it, will not have a material adverse effect upon the Companys financial condition or results of
operations. Expenditures in 2011, 2010 and 2009 to evaluate and remediate such sites were not material. While the Company is able to reasonably estimate
certain of its contingent losses, the Company is unable to estimate with certainty its ultimate financial exposure in connection with identified or yet to be
identified remedial actions due, among other reasons, to: (i) uncertainties surrounding the nature and application of environmental regulations, (ii) the
Companys lack of information about additional sites where it may be identified as a PRP, (iii) the level of clean-up that may be required at specific sites and
choices concerning the technologies to be applied in corrective actions and (iv) the time periods over which remediation may occur. Furthermore, since liability
for site remediation is joint and several, each PRP is potentially wholly liable for other PRPs that become insolvent or bankrupt. Thus, the solvency of other
PRPs could directly affect the Companys ultimate aggregate clean-up costs. In certain circumstances, the Companys liability for clean-up costs may be
covered in whole or in part by insurance or indemnification obligations of third parties.
In addition to legal matters described above, the Company is named as a defendant in a number of legal proceedings, including a number of product liability
lawsuits, incident to the conduct of its business.
The Company does not expect that any of the above described proceedings will have a material adverse effect, either individually or in the aggregate, on the
Company's financial position, results of operations, liquidity or competitive position. See Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies , to the consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
ITEM 4.
Not applicable.
24
Table of Contents
ITEM 5.
MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Market Information
As noted previously, we successfully emerged from bankruptcy on December 17, 2009, at which time no established market existed for our common stock.
Prior to November 2011, our common stock was listed for trading on the OTC:QB under the symbol NTKS. The OTC:QB is not a securities exchange
registered with the SEC under Section 6 of the Exchange Act. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock, as
traded on the OTC:QB, during each calendar quarter during 2010 and the first three quarters of 2011.
2010 Quarter Ended
April 3, 2010
July 3, 2010
October 2, 2010
December 31, 2010
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
High
40.00 $
Low
35.50
47.00 $
40.00
43.00 $
39.00
35.00
45.00 $
High
45.25 $
45.00 $
35.00 $
Low
37.26
35.96
20.00
Our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Market ("NASDAQ") under the trading symbol NTK on November 15, 2011. The following
table sets forth the high and low sale prices for our common stock as reported by NASDAQ for the periods indicated:
2011 Quarter Ended
December 31, 2011
Low
High
40.00 $
20.00
Holders
As of March 14, 2012, there were approximately 69 holders of record of our common stock and an unknown number of additional beneficial owners whose
shares are held through brokerage firms or other institutions.
Dividends
We did not pay any cash dividends on our common stock in 2011 or 2010, and we do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common
stock in the foreseeable future. Furthermore, the agreements that govern the terms of our debt, including the respective indentures that govern our 8.5% Notes
and our 10% Notes, and the credit agreements that govern our ABL Facility and Term Loan Facility, restrict our ability to pay dividends. See Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources - Adequacy of Liquidity Sources and
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources - Debt Covenant Compliance,
Item 7 of Part II of this report, for further information regarding restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. In addition, the declaration of any future cash
dividends and, if declared, the amount of any such dividends, will be subject to our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, financial covenants
and other contractual restrictions and to the discretion of our board of directors.
25
Table of Contents
The table below provides information about shares of our common stock that may be issued upon exercise of options, warrants, and rights under our 2009
Omnibus Incentive Plan. All outstanding awards relate to shares of our common stock. Information is as of December 31, 2011, unless otherwise indicated.
Plan Category
(a)Number of Securities to be
Issued upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options, Warrants
and Rights
1,504,340 (2)
Number of Securities
Remaining for Future Issuance
Under Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding Securities
Reflected in Column(a))(1) (3)
37.64
867,203
N/A
(1) The number of securities remaining for future issuance under our 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan may be issued as incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock awards, other
stock-based awards and performance-based compensation awards. All of the securities remaining for future issuance under our 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan may be issued as
incentive stock options.
(2) Consists of 304,892 incentive stock options and 409,974 non-qualified stock options issued pursuant to our 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan and warrants to purchase 789,474
shares of common stock and excludes shares of restricted stock granted pursuant to our 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The warrants to purchase 789,474 shares of
common stock were issued to the former holders of NTK Holdings, Inc. debt in connection with the Reorganization and are not compensatory. See Note 2,
Reorganization Under Chapter 11.
(3) Includes 100,000 shares of restricted common stock with performance-based vesting awarded to Mr. Clarke effective December 30, 2011 pursuant to his employment
agreement. These shares are not deemed granted as of December 31, 2011 for purposes of ASC 718, Compensation Stock Compensation because the related
performance goals were not determined by the Board of Directors as of that date.
Performance Graph
26
Table of Contents
During the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2011, in connection with the 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan, the Company granted 50,000 shares of restricted
common stock to Mr. Clarke. Such shares of restricted common stock vest at the rate of 20% on each anniversary of the grant date, beginning with the first
anniversary, with 100% vesting upon the fifth anniversary of the grant date provided the recipient continues to be employed by the Company. The shares
granted to Mr. Clarke are exempt from Section 5 of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
Additionally, during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2011, the Company granted options to Mr. Clarke to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock at
an exercise price of $26.16 per share pursuant to the 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Such stock options vest at the rate of 20% on each anniversary of the
grant date, beginning with the first anniversary of the grant date, with 100% vesting upon the fifth anniversary of the grant date, and, unless terminated
earlier, expire on the tenth anniversary of the grant date. The shares underlying Mr. Clarkes award are exempt from Section 5 of the Securities Act pursuant to
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
The Company and its subsidiaries, affiliates or significant shareholders may from time to time, in their sole discretion, purchase, repay, redeem or retire any
of the Companys outstanding securities (including publicly issued debt or equity), in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or
otherwise.
27
Table of Contents
ITEM 6.
The table below summarizes our selected consolidated financial information as of and for the periods indicated. You should read the following selected
consolidated financial data together with our consolidated financial statements and the sections entitled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, Liquidity and Capital Resources and Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrants Common Equity and
Related Stockholder Matters included elsewhere herein. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any
future period.
Successor
Predecessor
Period from
Period from
December 31,
Jan. 1, 2009 -
2011
2010
December 31,
2007
2008
2,140.5
44.0
1,763.9
2,269.7
(284.0)
(710.0)
70.6
(1.2)
(203.4)
(610.0)
(76.2)
(25.0)
(4.8)
(338.8)
(3.4)
195.3
(753.8)
(780.7)
(13.4)
(22.5)
63.1
(55.9)
1,899.3
619.1
2,368.2
185.5
65.5
32.4
Diluted (2)
$
$
(3.70)
$
$
58.2
(3.70)
(0.89)
$
$
57.7
(0.89)
(0.23)
$
$
89.6
(0.23)
65,100.00
65,100.00
$
$
86.7
(260,233.33 )
(260,233.33 )
$
$
10,800.00
10,800.00
Total assets
182.2
53.4
317.5
330.5
320.8
323.3
352.7
207.2
1,939.9
1,971.1
1,618.9
1,643.4
1,980.3
2,706.8
33.4
17.8
1,101.8
49.9
835.4
53.8
835.4
1.9:1
5.2:1
1.9:1
5.2:1
53.9
1,545.5
1.8:1
Total debt
Current
Long-term
1,111.1
1.8:1
1.9:1
14.2:1
7.1:1
99.9
93.8
19.8
158.8
Capital expenditures
21.1
80.4
96.4
1,349.0
1.4:1
2.3:1
6.2
103.2
76.9
70.7
0.5
17.9
170.1
172.0
25.4
(219.8)
618.7
36.4
(1) See Note 2, Reorganization Under Chapter 11, and Note 3, Fresh-Start Accounting , to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere
in this report.
(2) See Note 4, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
(3) Working capital is computed by subtracting current liabilities from current assets.
(4) Current ratio is computed by dividing current assets by current liabilities.
(5) Debt to equity ratio is computed by dividing total debt by total stockholders investment.
28
Table of Contents
ITEM 7.
Executive Overview
Nortek, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries are diversified manufacturers of innovative, branded residential and com mercial building products, operating
within four reporting segments:
Through these segments, we manufacture and sell, primarily in the United States, Canada and Europe, a wide variety of products for the remodeling and
replacement markets, the residential and commercial new construction markets, the manufactured housing market and the personal and enterprise computer
markets.
The RVP segment manufactures and sells room and whole house ventilation and other products primarily for the professional remodeling and replacement
markets, the residential new construction market and the DIY market. The principal products sold by this segment include kitchen range hoods, exhaust fans
(such as bath fans and fan, heater and light combination units) and indoor air quality products. Sales of our kitchen range hoods and exhaust fans within the
RVP segment accounted for approximately 11.9% and 9.2%, respectively, of consolidated net sales for 2011, approximately 14.1% and 10.3%, respectively,
of consolidated net sales in 2010 and approximately 14.2% and 10.3%, respectively, of consolidated net sales in 2009.
The TECH segment manufactures and distributes a broad array of products designed to provide convenience and security for residential and certain
commercial applications. The principal product categories sold in this segment include audio/video distribution and control equipment, security and access
control products, and digital display mounting and mobility products. Sales of our digital display mounting and mobility products accounted for
approximately 12.7% of consolidated net sales in 2011.
The R-HVAC segment manufactures and sells heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems for site-built residential and manufactured hous ing structures
and certain commercial markets. The principal products sold by the segment are split-system and packaged air conditioners and heat pumps, air handlers,
furnaces and related equipment.
The C-HVAC segment manufactures and sells heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems for custom-designed commercial applications to meet customer
specifications. The principal products sold by the segment are large custom rooftop cooling and heating products. Sales of our commercial air handlers within
the C-HVAC segment accounted for approximately 11.4%, 10.9% and 11.9% of consolidated net sales in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
This Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") is intended to help the reader understand Nortek,
Inc., our operations and our present business environment. MD&A is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, our consolidated
financial statements and the accompanying notes contained in this report. Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms Nortek, Company, we and
our in this MD&A refer to Nortek, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.
On April 26, 2011, we successfully completed the private placement of $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 8.5% Senior Notes due 2021 (the
8.5% Notes) and also entered into a new senior secured term loan with a final maturity in 2017 (the Term Loan Facility). Under the Term Loan Facility,
we borrowed $350.0 million aggregate principal amount at a 5.25% interest rate. As discussed further below in Liquidity and Capital Resources, we
principally used the net proceeds from the 8.5% Notes and the Term Loan Facility to repurchase or redeem all of our 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the
11% Notes), which had an outstanding aggregate principal balance of approximately $753.3 million.
Based on the initial interest rate of 5.25% for the Term Loan Facility, we expect that our annual cash interest costs will be reduced by approximately $22.0
million as a result of the debt transactions described above. Approximately $82.9 million of annual cash interest related to the 11% Notes was eliminated and
replaced by approximately $60.9 million of annual cash interest related to the 8.5% Notes and the Term Loan Facility.
29
Table of Contents
On December 17, 2009, we successfully emerged from bankruptcy as a reorganized company after voluntarily filing for bankruptcy on October 21, 2009
with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the "Bankruptcy Court"), pursuant to prepackaged plans of reorganization (the
Reorganization). The purpose of the Reorganization was to reorganize our capital structure while allowing us to continue to operate our business. The
Reorganization was necessary because it was determined that we would be unable to operate our business and meet our debt obligations under our preReorganization capital structure.
As a result of the Reorganization, approximately $1.3 billion of debt was eliminated. On December 29, 2009, the Bankruptcy Court closed the bankruptcy
cases for Norteks subsidiaries and on March 31, 2010 closed the bankruptcy case for Nortek. On December 17, 2009 (the Effective Date), we emerged
from bankruptcy as a reorganized company with a new capital structure. See Note 2, Reorganization Under Chapter 11, to the consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this report , for a description of our capital structure.
Adoption of Fresh-Start Accounting
On December 19, 2009, in connection with the Reorganization, we adopted fresh-start accounting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification
(ASC) 852, Reorganization (ASC 852) . Fresh-start accounting requires all assets and liabilities to be recorded at fair value. As a result of the
application of fresh-start accounting, our post-emergence financial results (for all periods ending after December 19, 2009) are presented as the Successor
and our pre-emergence financial results (for all periods ending through December 19, 2009) are presented as the Predecessor. Financial statements prepared
under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States do not straddle the Effective Date because, in effect, the Successor represents a new entity.
Due to the adoption of fresh-start accounting, the results of the Successor periods are not comparable to Predecessor periods. For the readers' convenience, the
Successor period from December 20, 2009 to December 31, 2009 ("2009 Successor Period") and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2009 to December
19, 2009 ("2009 Predecessor Period") have been combined for certain purposes and are collectively referred to as 2009 for purposes of this MD&A.
In 2009, we recognized a gain of approximately $488.1 million for reorganization items as a result of the bankruptcy proceedings. This gain reflects the
cancellation of our pre-petition debt, partially offset by the recognition of certain of our new equity and debt obligations, as well as professional fees incurred
as a direct result of the bankruptcy proceedings.
In 2009, we also recognized a net gain of approximately $131.0 million related to the valuation of our assets and liabilities upon emergence from Chapter 11
bankruptcy proceedings.
In addition, we recognized charges of approximately $22.5 million in the 2009 Predecessor Period as a result of the bankruptcy proceedings.
For additional information regarding the bankruptcy proceedings, reorganization items, and fresh-start accounting adjustments see Note 2, Reorganization
Under Chapter 11 and Note 3, Fresh-Start Accounting, to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
Industry Overview
Critical factors affecting our future performance, including our level of sales, profitability and cash flows, are the levels of residential remodeling and
replacement activity and new residential and non-residential construction activity. The level of new residential and non-residential construction activity and the
level of residential remodeling and replacement activity are affected by seasonality and cyclical factors such as interest rates, inflation, consumer spending,
employment levels and other macroeconomic factors, over which we have no control. Any decline in economic activity as a result of these or other factors
typically results in a decline in residential and non-residential new construction and, to a lesser extent, residential and non-residential remodeling and
replacement spending, which would result in a decrease in our sales, profitability and cash flows.
Instability in the credit and financial markets, troubles in the mortgage market, the level of unemployment and the decline in home values have had a negative
impact on residential and non-residential new construction activity, consumer disposable income and spending on home remodeling and repair expenditures.
These factors have had an adverse effect on our operating results for the last three years.
30
Table of Contents
1
1
1
2
1
1
4
2010
(1)%
4%
(6)%
2%
4%
7%
3%
3%
(1)%
2009
(3)%
6%
(14)%
(4)%
%
%
(24)%
%
(4)%
(30)%
(39)%
(23)%
5%
(7)%
(12)%
(16)%
(39)%
(22)%
Source of data:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
In addition, according to the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation, Canadian housing starts increased approximately 2.1% in 2011 as compared to
2010, increased approximately 27% in 2010 as compared to 2009 and decreased approximately 29% in 2009 as compared to 2008.
In 2011, approximately 47% of consolidated net sales were made through independent distributors, dealers, wholesalers and similar channels, approximately
21% were to commercial HVAC markets, approximately 15% were to retailers (of which approximately 8% were sold to the four largest home center retailers),
approximately 13% were private label sales and approximately 4% were to manufactured housing original equipment manufacturers and aftermarket dealers.
Our largest distributor or dealer accounted for approximately 2% of consolidated net sales in 2011. Our largest customer (other than a distributor or dealer)
accounted for approximately 5% and 4% of consolidated net sales for 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Based on internal research and analysis, we estimate that approximately 65% to 70% of our consolidated 2011 net sales were related to the residential housing
market. Our products that serve the residential housing market primarily include range hoods and bath fans sold by our RVP segment, central air conditioning
and heating products sold by our R-HVAC segment, and security and access control products and certain of the audio/video distribution and control products
sold by our TECH segment. We believe that approximately 20% to 30% of our consolidated 2011 net sales to the residential housing market were related to new
construction activity.
Also based on internal research and analysis, we estimate that approximately 30% to 35% of our consolidated 2011 net sales were related to non-residential
applications including healthcare and educational institutions. Our products that serve the non-residential market primarily include air handlers and other
heating and cooling products sold by our C-HVAC segment, and digital mounting and mobility products and certain of the audio/video distribution and
control products sold by our TECH segment. We believe that approximately 30% to 40% of our consolidated 2011 net sales to the non-residential market were
related to new construction activity.
The demand for certain of our products is seasonal, particularly in the Northeast and Midwest regions of the United States where inclement weather during
winter months usually reduces the level of building and remodeling activity in both home improvement and new construction markets, thereby reducing our
sales levels during the first and fourth quarters.
We are subject to the effects of changing prices and the impact of inflation which could have a significant adverse effect on our
31
Table of Contents
Additionally, excluding the effect of acquisitions, freight costs were flat as a percentage of net sales for 2011 as compared to 2010. Continued strategic
sourcing initiatives and other cost reduction measures help mitigate fluctuations in freight costs.
During the past three years, the following have been our major purchases, expressed as a percentage of consolidated net sales, of raw materials and purchased
components:
For the Year Ended December 31,
2011
2010
2009
Steel
5%
Motors
Compressors
Copper
Electrical
Packaging
Plastics
Aluminum
Fans & Blowers
4%
5%
5%
5%
5%
2%
2%
2%
1%
1%
1%
-%
4%
3%
2%
2%
2%
1%
1%
1%
2%
2%
2%
1%
1%
1%
2012 Outlook
Our outlook for 2012 is that overall conditions in our residential and nonresidential markets are likely to be similar to those we experienced in 2011. There was
a modest improvement in housing starts during the last quarter of 2011. This seems to be continuing as we move into 2012. We believe, however, that it is
premature to conclude that a sustainable housing recovery is under way.
We have experienced an unseasonably warm first quarter in the Northeast and elsewhere around the country. The favorable weather could be pulling
construction activity forward. In addition, the nation still faces relatively high unemployment levels, stricter mortgage lending practices and elevated housing
inventories - with foreclosures representing an increasing share. These factors are likely to continue weighing on housing starts, housing prices, and sales of
new and existing homes.
All of this leads us to continued conservatism in the way we plan to operate the business in 2012. We will continue to closely manage our expenses and cash
flow while making the investments necessary to further improve our manufacturing, introduce new products, and deliver service excellence to our customers.
With improved leverage in our business model, as well as strong liquidity from cash on hand and borrowing availability under our revolving credit facility,
we have the capability to benefit significantly from even a modest rebound in end-market demand.
32
Table of Contents
We account for acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting and accordingly, the results of these acquisitions are included in our consolidated
results from the date of their acquisition. We have made the following acquisitions since January 1, 2009:
Reporting
Segment
Acquired Company
Acquisition Date
TECH
TECH
July 6, 2010
December 17, 2010 *
Distribution and sale of security cameras and digital video recorders via the Internet.
TECH
* We selected December 31, 2010 as the date to record the acquisition of Ergotron, Inc. as the effect of using December 31, 2010, instead of December 17,
2010, was not material to our financial condition or results of operations for fiscal 2010. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated statement of
operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 does not include any activity related to Ergotron, Inc. for the period from December 18, 2010 to
December 31, 2010.
Critical Accounting Policies
This MD&A is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles. Certain of our accounting policies require the application of judgment in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates.
By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. We periodically evaluate the judgments and estimates used for our critical
accounting policies to ensure that such judgments and estimates are reasonable for our interim and year-end reporting requirements. These judgments and
estimates are based upon our historical experience, current trends and other information available, as appropriate. If actual conditions are different from those
assumptions used in our judgments, actual results could be materially different from our estimates. Our critical accounting policies are discussed below.
Allowances for cash discounts, volume rebates, other customer incentive programs and gross customer returns, among others, are recorded as a reduction of
sales at the time of sale based upon the estimated future outcome. Cash discounts, volume rebates and other customer incentive programs are based upon
certain percentages agreed to with our various customers, which are typically earned by the customer over an annual period. We record periodic estimates for
these amounts based upon the historical results to date, estimated future results through the end of the contract period, and the contractual provisions of the
customer agreements. For calendar year customer agreements, we are able to adjust our periodic estimates to actual amounts as of December 31 each year based
upon the contractual provisions of the customer agreements. For those customers who have agreements that are not on a calendar year cycle, we record
estimates at December 31 consistent with the above described methodology. Customers are generally not required to provide collateral for purchases. As a
result, at the end of any given reporting period, the amounts recorded for these allowances are based upon estimates of the likely outcome of future sales with
the applicable customers and may require adjustment in the future if the actual outcome differs. We believe that our procedures for estimating such amounts
are reasonable.
Customer returns are recorded on an actual basis throughout the year and also include an estimate at the end of each reporting period for future customer
returns related to sales recorded prior to the end of the period. We generally estimate customer returns based upon the time lag that historically occurs between
the date of the sale and the date of the return, while also factoring in any new business conditions that might impact the historical analysis, such as new
product introductions. We believe that our procedures for estimating such amounts are reasonable.
Provisions for the estimated allowance for doubtful accounts are recorded in selling, general and administrative expense, net
33
Table of Contents
Inventory Valuation
We value inventories at the lower of the cost or market with approximately 29% of our inventory at December 31, 2011 valued using the last-in, first-out
(LIFO) method and the remainder valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. On December 19, 2009, inventories were adjusted to their fair value
in connection with the application of fresh-start accounting (see Note 3, Fresh-Start Accounting, and Note 4, Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies, to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report). In connection with both LIFO and FIFO inventories, we record
provisions, as appropriate, to write-down obsolete and excess inventory to estimated net realizable value. The process for evaluating obsolete and excess
inventory often requires us to make subjective judgments and estimates concerning future sales levels, quantities, and prices at which such inventory will be
able to be sold in the normal course of business. Accelerating the disposal process or incorrect estimates of future sales potential may cause the actual results to
differ from the estimates at the time such inventory is disposed or sold. We believe that our procedures for estimating such amounts are reasonable.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (ASC 740), which requires that the deferred tax
consequences of temporary differences between the amounts recorded in our consolidated financial statements and the amounts included in our federal, state
and foreign income tax returns to be recognized in the balance sheet. As we generally do not file our income tax returns until well after the closing process for the
December 31 financial statements is complete, the amounts recorded at December 31 reflect estimates of what the final amounts will be when the actual tax
returns are filed for that fiscal year. In addition, estimates are often required with respect to, among other things, the appropriate state income tax rates to use in
the various states that we and our subsidiaries are required to file, the potential utilization of operating and capital loss carry-forwards and valuation
allowances required, if any, for tax assets that may not be realizable in the future. We require each of our subsidiaries to submit year-end tax information
packages as part of the year-end financial statement closing process so that the information used to estimate the deferred tax accounts at December 31 is
reasonably consistent with the amounts expected to be included in the filed tax returns. ASC 740 requires balance sheet classification of current and long-term
deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the classification of the underlying asset or liability that gives rise to a temporary difference. As such, we
have historically had prepaid income tax assets due principally to the unfavorable tax consequences of recording expenses for required book reserves for such
things as, among others, bad debts, inventory valuation, insurance, product liability and warranty that cannot be deducted for income tax purposes until
such expenses are actually paid. We believe the procedures and estimates used in our accounting for income taxes are reasonable and in accordance with
established tax law. The income tax estimates used have historically not resulted in material adjustments to income tax expense in subsequent periods when the
estimates are adjusted to the actual filed tax return amounts, although there may be reclassifications between the current and long-term portion of the deferred
tax accounts.
In connection with the filing of our U.S. federal tax return for the period ended December 17, 2009 in the third quarter of 2010, we made an election to
capitalize for tax purposes research and development costs. This election resulted in the creation of a deferred tax asset that will be amortized over a 10 year
period. As a result of this election, we recorded a deferred tax benefit of approximately $10.9 million, including a state tax benefit of approximately $1.0
million, in 2010.
34
Table of Contents
Goodwill
Evaluation of Goodwill Impairment
Our accounting for acquired goodwill requires considerable judgment in the valuation thereof, and the ongoing evaluation of potential impairment. Goodwill is
not amortized. Instead, it is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances change between annual
tests that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value, including a significant adverse change in the business
climate, among others. We have set the annual evaluation date as of the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter. The reporting units evaluated for goodwill
impairment have been determined to be the same as our operating segments, except for the TECH operating segment, which has two reporting units consisting
of TECH - Ergotron and TECH - All Other. Subsequent to December 17, 2009, only the RVP, TECH - Ergotron and TECH - All Other reporting units have
goodwill and, therefore, are the only reporting units that currently are required to be evaluated for goodwill impairment.
In 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2011-08, Intangibles - Goodwill and
Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment (ASU 2011-8), which introduced an optional qualitative assessment for testing goodwill
impairment. Under ASU 2011-8, if we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount, we are not
required to perform the annual quantitative two-step impairment test under ASC Topic 350, Goodwill and Other (ASC 350). We adopted ASU 2011-8 in
2011 and used the qualitative assessment approach in connection with our annual evaluation of goodwill impairment under ASC 350.
The following analyses were performed in connection with the 2011 annual qualitative assessment under ASU 2011-8 and are performed, if necessary, on an
interim basis in order to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of any of our applicable reporting units are below the respective carrying
amounts:
We review public information from competitors and other industry information to determine if there are any significant adverse trends in the
competitors' businesses, such as significant declines in market capitalization or significant goodwill impairment charges that could be an indication
that the goodwill of our reporting units is potentially impaired.
We review changes in our market capitalization and overall enterprise valuation to determine if there are any significant decreases that could be an
indication that the valuation of our reporting units has significantly decreased.
We review, and update, if necessary, our long-term 5-year financial projections and compare them to the prior long-term 5-year projections to
determine if there has been a significant adverse change that could materially lower our prior valuation conclusions under both the discounted cash
flow (DCF") approach and the earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) multiple approach.
We determine if there have been any significant increases to the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) rates for each reporting unit, which could
materially lower our prior valuation conclusions under the DCF approach.
We determine if there have been any significant decreases to our estimated EBITDA multiples, which could materially lower our prior valuation
conclusions under the EBITDA multiple approach.
We determine the current carrying value for each reporting unit as of the end of the quarter and compare it to the previously determined amount in
order to determine if there has been any significant increase that could impact our prior goodwill impairment assessments.
We also, as necessary, run pro forma models substituting the new assumption information derived from the above analyses to determine the impact
that such assumption changes would have had on the prior valuations. These pro forma calculations assist us in determining whether or not the new
valuation assumption information would have resulted in a significant decrease in the fair value of any of the reporting units.
Based on these analyses, we make a final determination as to whether or not it is more likely than not that the fair value of any reporting unit with goodwill is
lower than its carrying value. If this were to be the case, then a Step 1 Test is required under ASC 350. The Step 1 Test compares the estimated fair value of
each reporting unit to its carrying value. If the estimated fair value is lower than the carrying value, there is an indication of goodwill impairment and a Step 2
Test is required. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, no further goodwill impairment testing is required.
35
Table of Contents
A risk free rate based on the 20-year United States Treasury bond yield.
A market risk premium based on our assessment of the additional risk associated with equity investment that is determined, in part, through the use
of published historical equity risk studies as adjusted for the business risk index for each reporting unit. The business risk index is derived from
comparable companies and measures the estimated stock price volatility. We used an overall equity risk premium of 6% for all reporting units for the
2010 and 2009 testing discussed below, which was then adjusted by multiplying the applicable reporting unit business risk index to arrive at the
market risk premium. As such, changes in the market risk premium between periods reflect changes in the business risk index for the reporting
units.
Comparable company and market interest rate information is used to determine the cost of debt and the appropriate long-term capital structure in
order to weight the cost of debt and the cost of equity into an overall WACC.
A size risk premium based on the value of the reporting unit that is determined through the use of published historical size risk premia data.
A specific risk premium for the cost of equity, as necessary, which factors in overall economic and stock market volatility conditions at the time the
WACC is estimated. We used a 2% specific risk premium for all reporting units for the 2010 and 2009 testing discussed below.
We determined that it was appropriate for us to use the qualitative assessment approach under ASU 2011-8 for the 2011 annual goodwill impairment
evaluation performed as of October 2, 2011 based on the fact that the fair values of the RVP and TECH - All Other reporting units were significantly in excess
of the carrying values in 2010 (see below), and the fact that the TECH - Ergotron reporting unit was a recently completed acquisition. Based on the qualitative
analysis performed, as described above, we determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of the three evaluated reporting units was
greater than their carrying amounts as of October 2, 2011. Accordingly, we were not required to perform the two-step impairment test under ASC Topic 350 as
of October 2, 2011.
As of December 31, 2011, we determined that there were no indicators of impairment and, therefore, no interim impairment testing was required for the RVP,
TECH - Ergotron or TECH -All Other reporting units as of that date.
6, 2010, which resulted in the recognition of approximately $7.3 million of goodwill that was included in our annual goodwill impairment testing as of
October 3, 2010, in the TECH - All Other reporting unit. The acquisition of Ergotron, which resulted in estimated goodwill of approximately $131.4 million,
occurred subsequent to the annual impairment testing and therefore the TECH - Ergotron reporting unit was not required to be included in the annual test.
As of October 3, 2010, the results of the Step 1 Tests indicated that the fair value of the RVP and TECH - All Other reporting units exceeded their carrying
value and, therefore, that no additional goodwill impairment analysis was required.
As of December 31, 2010 we determined that there were no indicators of impairment and, therefore, no interim impairment testing was required for any of the
reporting units with goodwill as of that date.
36
Table of Contents
For the 2010 annual impairment test for RVP and TECH - All Other, we used a similar valuation approach as was used to determine the fair values of the
reporting units in connection with fresh-start accounting. We believe that our procedures performed and estimates used to determine the fair value of the
reporting units as of October 3, 2010 were reasonable and consistent with market conditions at the time of estimation.
For the 2010 annual impairment test for RVP, we used a weighted average of 50% for the DCF approach and 50% for the EBITDA approach, which we
determined to be the most representative allocation for the measurement of the long-term fair value of the reporting unit. The RVP valuation assumed a taxable
transaction, with a WACC of 12.5%, and EBITDA multiples in the range of 6.5x to 7.5x for the selected measurement periods of 2009, latest twelve months
through October 3, 2010, and forecasted 2010. The fair value of RVP was lower than the fresh-start accounting valuation by 1.5%, as the net impact of the
valuation assumption changes was not material.
For the 2010 annual impairment test for TECH - All Other, we used a weighted average of 50% for the DCF approach and 50% for the EBITDA approach,
which we determined to be the most representative allocation for the measurement of the long-term fair value of the reporting unit. The TECH - All Other
valuation assumed a taxable transaction, with a WACC of 12.9%, and EBITDA multiples in the range of 7.5x to 9.0x for the selected measurement periods of
2009, latest twelve months through October 3, 2010, and forecasted 2010. The fair value of TECH - All Other was higher than the fresh-start accounting
valuation by 17.8%, principally due to improved actual EBITDA and forecasted cash flows.
We believe that our assumptions used to determine the fair value of RVP and TECH - All Other as of October 3, 2010 were reasonable. As discussed above, if
different assumptions were used, particularly with respect to estimating future cash flows, weighted average costs of capital, and terminal growth rates,
different estimates of fair value may have resulted. We estimate that the fair values of RVP and TECH - All Other would have needed to be reduced by
approximately 31.5% and 16.9%, respectively, to reduce the estimated fair values to an amount below the carrying values.
For the July 4, 2009 interim goodwill impairment testing, we used a weighted average of 70% for the DCF approach and 30% for the EBITDA multiple
approach, which was consistent with the historical valuation approach that we have used in prior years, updated to reflect what we believed to be the most
appropriate weighting. In connection with the DCF approach, we used WACCs of 11.8%, 12.4%, 17.2% and 17.2% for RVP, TECH - All Other, R-HVAC
and C-HVAC reporting units, respectively. In connection with the EBITDA multiple approach, we used a multiple of 7.0x applied to the 2009 and 2010
forecasted measurement periods for all of the reporting units.
As indicated above, the results of the Step 1 Tests performed as of July 4, 2009 indicated that the carrying value of the TECH - All Other reporting unit
exceeded the estimated fair value determined by us and, therefore, a Step 2 Test was required for this reporting unit (see below for further discussion). The
estimated fair values of the RVP, R-HVAC and C-HVAC reporting units exceeded the carrying values so no further impairment analysis was required for these
reporting units as of July 4, 2009.
We believe that our assumptions used to determine the estimated fair values of our reporting units as of July 4, 2009 were reasonable. As discussed above, if
different assumptions were to be used, particularly with respect to estimating future cash flows, the weighted average costs of capital, terminal growth rates,
estimated EBITDA, and selected EBITDA multiples, different estimates of fair value may result and an additional impairment charge could have resulted.
37
Table of Contents
As a result of our bankruptcy reorganization and the related tax consequences, we determined during our annual impairment testing that the most likely
disposal scenario for the reporting units would be in a taxable, as opposed to non-taxable, transaction. This represented a change from prior valuations where
non-taxable transactions were assumed. The taxable transaction scenario required that we include, in the DCF approach, the fair value of the estimated
additional tax benefit that would be derived from the buyer having a taxable basis in the assets under ASC 350.
For the 2009 annual impairment test as of October 4, 2009, we used a weighted average of 50% for the DCF approach and 50% for the EBITDA multiple
approach, which we determined to be the most representative allocation for the measurement of the long-term fair value of the reporting units. Prior to October
4, 2009, we had used a weighted average of 70% for the DCF approach and 30% for the EBITDA multiple approach. The adjustment to the allocation
percentages used reflected our belief that there was still significant risk in the overall worldwide economy at that time that could impact the future projections
used in the DCF approach and, therefore, that increasing the allocation to the EBITDA multiple approach provided better balance to the shorter-term valuation
conclusions under the EBITDA multiple approach, and the longer-term valuation conclusions under the DCF approach. In connection with the DCF
approach, we used WACCs of 12.1%, 12.2%, 16.9% and 16.9% for RVP, TECH - All Other, R-HVAC and C-HVAC, respectively.In connection with the
EBITDA multiple approach, we used EBITDA multiples applied to the 2010 and 2009 forecasted measurement periods, respectively, of 7.0x and 8.0x, 8.0x
and 8.0x, 5.0x and 6.5x, and 5.0x and 4.0x for RVP, TECH - All Other, R-HVAC and C-HVAC, respectively,.
The results of the Step 1 Tests performed for our annual impairment test as of October 4, 2009 indicated that the estimated fair values of the reporting units
exceeded the carrying values so no further impairment analysis was required.
We believe that our assumptions used to determine the fair values of our reporting units as of October 4, 2009 were reasonable. As discussed above, if different
assumptions were to be used, particularly with respect to estimating future cash flows, the weighted average costs of capital, terminal growth rates, estimated
EBITDA, and selected EBITDA multiples, different estimates of fair value may have resulted and an impairment charge could have resulted. We estimated
that as of October 4, 2009 the fair value estimates, including the impact of the assumed long-term growth rates, for RVP, TECH - All Other, R-HVAC, and C-
HVAC would have needed to be reduced by 25.3%, 22.2%, 12.0% and 5.5%, respectively, before we would have been required to perform additional
impairment analyses, as those decreases would have reduced the estimated fair values to an amount below the carrying values of these reporting units.
elsewhere in this report for a discussion and analysis of the impact that fresh-start accounting had on the recorded amount of goodwill subsequent to our
emergence from bankruptcy. In connection with the fresh-start accounting as of December 19, 2009, all remaining goodwill as of December 19, 2009 was
eliminated, except for $154.8 million of goodwill at RVP.
38
Table of Contents
In accordance with ASC Topic 360, Property, Plant and Equipment (ASC 360), we evaluate the realizability of long-lived assets, which primarily
consists of property and equipment and definite lived intangible assets (the ASC 360 Long-Lived Assets), when events or business conditions warrant it, as
well as, whenever an interim goodwill impairment test is required under ASC 350. ASC 350 requires that the ASC 360 impairment test be completed, and any
ASC 360 impairment be recorded, prior to performing the goodwill impairment test.
In accordance with ASC 360, the evaluation of the impairment of long-lived assets, other than goodwill, is based on expectations of non-discounted future cash
flows compared to the carrying value of the long-lived asset groups. If the sum of the expected non-discounted future cash flows is less than the carrying
amount of the ASC 360 Long-Lived Assets, we would recognize an impairment loss. Our cash flow estimates are based upon historical cash flows, as well as
future projected cash flows received from subsidiary management in connection with our annual company-wide planning process and interim forecasting,
and, if appropriate, include a terminal valuation for the applicable subsidiary based upon an EBITDA multiple. We estimate the EBITDA multiples by
reviewing comparable company information and other industry data. We believe that our procedures for estimating gross future cash flows, including the
terminal valuation, were reasonable and consistent with current market conditions for each of the dates when impairment testing has been performed.
As a result of our conclusion that an interim goodwill impairment test was required during the second quarter of 2009, we performed an interim test for the
impairment of long-lived assets and determined that there were no impairment indicators under with respect to long-lived assets at that time. We also completed
an ASC 360 evaluation as of December 19, 2009, prior to our emergence from bankruptcy and the adoption of fresh-start accounting. As a result of this
analysis, we recorded an intangible asset impairment of approximately $1.2 million for a foreign subsidiary in the TECH segment in SG&A in the
accompanying statement of operations. We determined that there were no other significant long-lived assets impairments. There were no long-lived asset
impairment charges recorded during 2011 or 2010.
each plan is performed in order to determine plan-specific duration. Discount rates are selected based on high quality corporate bond yields of similar
durations. These estimates require a significant amount of judgment as items such as stock market fluctuations, changes in interest rates, plan amendments,
and curtailments can have a significant impact on the assumptions used and, therefore, on the ultimate final actuarial determinations for a particular year. We
believe the procedures and estimates used in our accounting for pensions and post retirement health benefits are reasonable and consistent with acceptable
actuarial practices in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Warranty
We sell a number of products and offer a number of warranties including in some instances extended warranties for which we receive proceeds. The specific
terms and conditions of these warranties vary depending on the product sold and the country in which the product is sold. We estimate the costs that may be
incurred under our warranties, with the exception of extended warranties, and record a liability for such costs at the time of sale. Deferred revenue from
extended warranties is recorded at the estimated fair value and is amortized over the life of the warranty and reviewed to ensure that the amount recorded is
equal to or greater than estimated future costs. Factors that affect our warranty liability include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rates of
warranty claims, cost per claim, and new product introduction. We periodically assess the adequacy of our recorded reserves for warranty claims and adjust
the amounts as necessary. Warranty claims can extend far into the future. As a result, significant judgment is required in determining the appropriate amounts
to record and such judgments may prove to be incorrect in the future. We believe that our procedures for estimating such amounts are reasonable.
39
Table of Contents
Contingencies
We are subject to contingencies, including legal proceedings and claims arising out of our business, that cover a wide range of matters including, among
others, environmental matters, contract and employment claims, worker compensations claims, product liability, warranty and modification, adjustment or
replacement of component parts of units sold, and product recalls. Product liability, environmental and other legal proceedings also include matters with
respect to businesses previously owned.
We provide accruals for direct costs, including legal costs, associated with the estimated resolution of contingencies at the earliest date at which it is deemed
probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of such liability can be reasonably estimated. Costs accrued have been estimated based upon an
analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies and outcomes. Legal costs for other than probable contingencies are
expensed when services are performed.
While it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to contingent liabilities, including lawsuits, we believe that the aggregate
amount of such liabilities, if any, in excess of amounts provided or covered by insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial
position or results of operations. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular future period could be materially affected by
changes in our assumptions or strategies related to these contingencies, or changes out of our control. See Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies , to
the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
40
Table of Contents
The table below presents the financial information for our reporting segments for the 2009 Predecessor, 2009 Successor and combined year ended
December 31, 2009 periods:
Combined
Year Ended
Dec. 31, 2009
Successor
Predecessor
Jan. 1, 2009 Dec. 19, 2009
Net sales:
Residential ventilation products
Technology products
Residential HVAC products
Commercial HVAC products
567.9
387.5
(203.4)
20.1
16.0
10.7
10.5
417.3
391.2
1,763.9
53.3
(275.0)
16.0
41.7
(164.0)
400.8
8.9
6.7
426.2
397.9
1,807.9
0.7
1.0
(0.8)
(2.0)
54.0
(274.0)
15.2
39.7
(165.1)
(1.1)
(22.5)
3.9
(20.8)
(0.1)
3.9
(20.9)
(204.6)
57.7
(1.2)
2.0
22.1
17.8
11.5
12.1
63.9
1.8
0.8
1.6
6.2
9.4 %
(71.0)
3.8
10.7
(11.5)%
4.6 %
7.5
(9.0)
(29.9)
3.5 %
13.2 %
13.5
9.0
23.9
14.1 %
4.1
2.6
2.7
3.3 %
41
583.0
44.0
0.4
13.3
(22.5)
15.1
(2.7)%
0.4
9.3 %
(68.4)
3.6
10.0
(11.3)%
3.8 %
4.4
2.7
3.0
3.5 %
Table of Contents
(1) Includes amortization of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold of approximately $0.9 million
and $0.4 million for the 2009 Successor and 2009 Predecessor Periods, respectively.
(2) Includes amortization of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold of approximately $1.2 million
for the 2009 Successor Period.
(3) Includes amortization of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold of approximately $0.2 million
and $0.1 million for the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively.
(4) Includes amortization of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold of approximately $0.8 million
Table of Contents
Net Change
2011 to 2010
2011
2010
2009(a)
2010 to 2009
591.2
735.8
378.6
434.9
Technology products
463.6
583.0
400.8
470.5
426.2
362.5
397.9
602.7
2,140.5
1,899.3
32.6
56.1
(11.5)
(1.9)% $
62.8
3.4 %
15.7
(91.9)
58.7
(19.5)
44.3
10.4
72.4
20.0
(35.4)
(8.9)
272.2
1,807.9
241.2
12.7 % $
54.0
(23.5)
(41.9)% $
19.7
91.4
5.1 %
2.1
3.9 %
Subtotal
57.6
1.4
12.1
(274.0)
45.5
23.6
15.2
(22.2)
12.0
5.7
97.5
39.7
6.3
(165.1)
6.1
6.3
262.6
(22.5)
(8.7)
22.5
100.0
(3.9)
(100.0)
(6.0)
(28.7)
103.6
*
(94.1)
286.1
8.4
(34.0)
*
55.3
(85.6)
*
Unallocated:
(8.7)
Executive retirement
Loss contingency related to the
Companys indemnification of
a lease guarantee
(31.8)
(26.9)
63.1
70.6
28.9
34.6
3.9
(20.9)
(4.9)
(18.2)
(204.6)
(7.5)
(10.6)% $
275.2
*%
22.1
(5.7)
15.4
(16.5)% $
56.6 %
36.5
(3.3)
(20.5)
(25.5)
12.5
6.5
4.6
4.4
(0.2)
(50.0)
27.8
43.5 %
expense:
Residential ventilation products (6)
39.7
12.8
16.1
12.3
16.5
0.2
0.2
Unallocated
93.9
17.8
11.5
24.3
91.7
12.1
(4.2)
0.4
63.9
5.5%
7.8
9.3%
0.4
5.0
3.6
2.8
1.6
10.0
2.9%
3.7%
(11.3)%
4.9%
5.4
5.7%
5.2
3.8 %
3.4
3.4
2.7
2.8
4.6
3.0
4.4%
4.8%
3.5 %
Consolidated
9.3 %
(68.4)
2.6
Consolidated
43
4.4
2.2
63.4
2.4 % $
40.0
36.4
Table of Contents
(a)
Represents the combined Successor period from December 20, 2009 to December 31, 2009 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2009 to
December 19, 2009.
(1)
In 2011, includes (1) approximately $16.9 million (of which approximately $13.5 million was recorded during the fourth quarter of 2011) of
severance and other charges relating to exit and disposal activities and (2) a decrease in product liability expense of approximately $8.2 million (of
which approximately $7.9 million occurred in the fourth quarter of 2011) as compared to 2010 as a result of favorable settlement of claims primarily
in the fourth quarter of 2011. In 2010, includes a reduction in warranty reserves of approximately $4.1 million due to the Company's change in
estimate of expected warranty claims and a charge of approximately $1.9 million related to a product safety upgrade program. In 2009, includes
approximately $1.9 million of severance charges related to certain reduction in workforce initiatives.
(2)
In 2011, includes approximately $1.2 million of severance and other charges relating to exit and disposal activities and approximately $4.9 million
of additional warranty expense related to a certain customer. In 2010, includes approximately $4.5 million of severance and other charges related to
the closure of certain facilities and a gain of approximately $3.0 million related to the reversal of a loss contingency reserve that was previously
provided in 2009 related to one of the Company's subsidiaries. In 2009, includes a loss contingency reserve of approximately $3.0 million related to
one of the Company's subsidiaries and valuation reserves of approximately $2.8 million related to certain assets of a foreign subsidiary that was
shutdown in 2010.
(3)
In 2011, includes an increase in product liability expense of approximately $1.7 million as compared to 2010 resulting from a reduction in expense
from favorable settlement of claims that occurred in 2010.
(4)
In 2011, includes a decrease of approximately $1.0 million in product liability expense as compared to 2010 primarily as a result of the favorable
settlement of claims. In 2010, includes a reduction in warranty reserves of approximately $0.7 million due to the Company's change in estimate of
expected warranty claims. In 2009, includes approximately $1.1 million of severance charges related to certain reduction in workforce initiatives
implemented, approximately $1.3 million of expense related to early lease termination charges, and a gain of approximately $0.6 million related to the
sale of assets related to one of the Company's foreign subsidiaries.
(5)
In 2011, includes approximately $0.8 million of CEO transition expenses and approximately $1.4 million of outside consulting fees relating to
strategic reviews. In 2010, includes non-cash share-based compensation expense of approximately $2.0 million, a gain of approximately $2.7 million
relating to the reversal of a portion of a loss contingency reserve provided in prior periods, and approximately $2.2 million of fees and expenses
associated with the acquisition of Ergotron. In 2009, includes a gain of approximately $0.7 million related to the favorable settlement of litigation.
(6)
Includes amortization of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold of approximately $1.4
million and $1.3 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively.
(7)
Includes amortization of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold of approximately $7.5
million, $9.3 million and $1.2 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
(8)
Includes amortization of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold of approximately $0.4
million, $0.8 million and $0.3 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
(9)
Includes amortization of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold of approximately $0.7
million and $0.8 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively.
44
Table of Contents
Successor
Combined
Jan. 1, 2009 -
Year Ended
(Amounts in millions)
Net sales
Cost of products sold
Selling, general and administrative expense, net
Pre-petition reorganization items
Goodwill impairment charge
Amortization of intangible assets
1,763.9
1,266.0
372.6
22.5
44.0
284.0
22.2
Operating loss
Interest expense
Investment income
(203.4)
(135.6)
(338.8)
(4.8)
619.1
280.3
(4.8)
(1.4)
85.0
195.3
(3.4)
1,807.9
1,301.2
381.1
22.5
284.0
23.7
(1.2)
(3.6)
0.2
35.2
8.5
1.5
(204.6)
(139.2)
0.2
(343.6)
619.1
275.5
83.6
191.9
Net sales
Cost of products sold
Selling, general and administrative expense, net
Pre-petition reorganization items
Goodwill impairment charge
Amortization of intangible assets
Predecessor
Successor
Combined
Jan. 1, 2009 -
Year Ended
100.0 %
71.8
21.1
1.3
16.1
1.2
(11.5)
(7.7)
(19.2)
35.1
15.9
Operating loss
Interest expense
Investment income
Loss before gain on reorganization items, net
Gain on reorganization items, net
Earnings (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes
Provision (benefit)for income taxes
4.8
11.1 %
45
100.0 %
100.0 %
19.3
72.0
21.1
1.2
15.7
3.4
1.3
(2.7)
(8.2)
(11.3)
(7.7)
(10.9)
(10.9)
(3.2)
(7.7)%
(19.0)
80.0
34.2
15.2
4.6
10.6 %
Table of Contents
Percentage Change
2011
$
Net Sales
2010
2009(a)
(Dollar amounts in millions)
2,140.5 $
1,899.3 $
1,807.9
1,567.8
1,391.8
1,301.2
464.8
399.9
381.1
22.5
284.0
44.8
37.0
23.7
12.7 %
5.1 %
(12.6)
(7.0)
(4.9)
(16.2)
100.0
100.0
(56.1)
(21.1)
(204.6)
(10.6)
(105.6)
(95.7)
(139.2)
(10.3)
31.2
Investment income
(33.8)
0.1
0.1
0.2
(76.2)
(25.0)
(343.6)
619.1
(76.2)
(25.0)
(20.3)
(11.6)
2009
70.6
2010 to
2010
63.1
Interest expense
2011 to
(55.9)
(13.4)
275.5
83.6
*
75.0
191.9
*%
(50.0)
92.7
(100.0)
*
*
*%
Successor
Change in Percentage
2011
2010
2009(a)
2011 to
2010 to
2010
2009
100.0 %
100.0 %
100.0 %
73.2
73.3
72.0
0.1
21.8
2.1
2.9
21.1
21.1
(0.7)
1.2
1.2
Net Sales
1.9
15.7
1.3
(1.3)
15.7
(0.2)
(0.6)
(0.8)
0.1
15.0
2.7
(11.3)
3.7
(5.0)
(3.6)
(1.3)
(19.0)
(2.3)
17.7
34.2
(34.2)
(3.6)
(1.3)
(16.5)
(1.0)
(0.6)
15.2
4.6
(2.3)
(2.6)%
(0.7)%
10.6 %
(1.9)%
Interest expense
(4.9)
(1.6)
Investment income
*
(a)
(7.7)
(1.6)
(0.4)
(5.2)
(11.3)%
46
Table of Contents
Net Sales. As discussed further in the following paragraphs, net sales for 2011 increased by approximately $241.2 million , or 12.7%, as compared to
2010. The effect of acquisitions and changes in foreign currency exchange rates increased net sales by approximately $226.5 million and $14.8 million,
respectively, in 2011. Excluding the effect of acquisitions and changes in foreign currency exchange rates, net sales for 2011 decreased slightly as compared
to 2010.
In the RVP segment, net sales for 2011 decreased approximately $11.5 million, or 1.9%, as compared to 2010. Net sales in the RVP segment for 2011 reflect
an increase of approximately $9.0 million attributable to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Excluding the effect of changes in foreign
currency exchange rates, net sales in the RVP segment for 2011 decreased approximately $20.5 million as compared to 2010. Excluding the effect of changes in
foreign currency exchange rates, North American sales decreased approximately $11.6 million, while net sales for the segment's European range hood business
declined approximately $9.2 million as compared to 2010. These declines in North American sales are primarily attributable to industry wide declines in
residential construction and investment spending, as well as new home sales during 2011. The decline in the European range hood business is primarily
attributable to continued global economic downturn. Kitchen range hoods and bathroom exhaust fans are the largest product categories sold in the RVP
segment, accounting for approximately 79% of the RVP segments total sales for both 2011 and 2010, respectively.
In the TECH segment, net sales for 2011 increased approximately $272.2 million , or 58.7%, as compared to 2010. This increase is primarily related to the
effect of acquisitions which contributed approximately $226.5 million of net sales in 2011. Increased sales of security and access control products, including
the addition of a new customer to the segment in 2010, also contributed to the overall increase in net sales in the TECH segment for 2011. An increase in
volume related to a certain customer contributed approximately $46.0 million in additional net sales during 2011 as compared to 2010. See "Liquidity and
Capital Resources - Risks and Uncertainties". Partially offsetting these increases in net sales were slight declines in sales of audio/video distribution and
control products.
Sales of security and access control products accounted for approximately 33% and 43% of total TECH segment net sales in 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Sales of audio/video distribution and control products accounted for approximately 29% and 43% of total TECH segment net sales in 2011 and 2010,
respectively. Digital display mounting and mobility products accounted for approximately 38% and 14% of total TECH segment net sales in 2011 and 2010,
respectively. The increase in sales for digital display mounting and mobility products is primarily the result of the acquisition of Ergotron in December 2010.
In the R-HVAC segment, net sales for 2011 decreased approximately $91.9 million, or 19.5%, as compared to 2010. This decrease was primarily driven by
lower demand due to overall economic conditions and the continued depressed housing market, as well as substantially lower shipments to certain customers
during 2011 as compared to 2010. An affiliated group of distribution customers in this segment accounted for approximately $40.8 million of the decline in net
sales in 2011 as compared to 2010. We believe that the overall decrease in 2011 was also driven largely by air conditioning sales during the last four months of
2010 to customers serving the residential site-built market for use as replacement products due to uncertainty, at the time, of product availability subsequent to
January 1, 2011. As a result of these sales, we believe the segment experienced lower shipments in the first half of 2011 as these customers worked down their
inventory levels. In addition, we estimate that other shipments of between approximately $3.5 million and $5.0 million were shipped to customers in the fourth
quarter of 2010 that would have otherwise been shipped during the first quarter of 2011 primarily due to announced price increases effective January 1, 2011.
In addition, consumer tax credits that expired at the end of 2010 tended to pull forward demand for high efficiency furnaces and air conditioning systems into
2010. With a less attractive tax credit available to consumers in 2011 the segment experienced a shift in demand to more entry level products with lower selling
prices. These decreases were partially offset by the effect of increased sales prices effective January 1, 2011 and June 15, 2011 and the addition of several new
distribution customers.
In the C-HVAC segment, net sales for 2011 increased approximately $72.4 million , or 20.0%, as compared to 2010. Net sales in the C-HVAC segment for
2011 reflect an increase of approximately $5.8 million attributable to the effect of changes in foreign
47
Table of Contents
currency exchange rates. Excluding the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, net sales in the C-HVAC segment for 2011 increased
approximately $66.6 million. This increase in net sales is primarily the result of increased shipment levels of air handlers in the U.S. market, net of lower
prices on contracts negotiated in the second half of 2010 and delivered in the first quarter of 2011. In the second and third quarters of 2011, delivery of
contracts with increased prices over the prices in the first quarter of 2011 was also a factor. Backlog expected to be filled within the next twelve months for CHVAC products was approximately $260.0 million at December 31, 2011 and approximately $179.8 million at December 31, 2010. This increase in
backlog, since December 31, 2010, primarily reflects an increase in orders and also improved pricing in 2011, principally for jobs expected to be delivered
during 2012.
Foreign net sales, which are attributed based on the location of our subsidiary responsible for the sale, were approximately 21.6% and 20.0% of consolidated
net sales for 2011 and 2010, respectively. Net sales from our Canadian subsidiaries were approximately 10.7% and 11.5% of consolidated net sales for 2011
and 2010, respectively. Net sales from our Canadian subsidiaries include net sales from the RVP and C-HVAC segments. Net sales from our European
subsidiaries were approximately 7.6% and 6.4% of consolidated net sales for 2011 and 2010, respectively. Net sales from our European subsidiaries include
net sales from the RVP, TECH and C-HVAC segments.
Cost of Products Sold. Consolidated cost of products sold (COGS) for 2011 was approximately $1,567.8 million, or 73.2% as a percentage of net sales,
as compared to approximately $1,391.8 million, or 73.3% as a percentage of net sales, for 2010. These changes are primarily due to the factors described
above and below.
For 2011, COGS includes, among others, (1) approximately $139.6 million related to acquisitions made in 2011 and 2010 within the TECH segment
(including approximately $7.5 million in non-cash charges related to the amortization of fair value allocated to inventory in 2011), (2) approximately $15.1
million of severance and other charges relating primarily to exit and disposal activities, (3) an increase of approximately $12.7 million related to the effect of
changes in foreign currency exchange rates, (4) a decrease in product liability expense of approximately $6.8 million as compared to 2010 as a result of
favorable settlement of claims primarily in the fourth quarter of 2011, (5) a decrease in depreciation expense of approximately $5.7 million as compared to
2010 related to operations other than acquisitions and (6) approximately $4.9 million of additional warranty expense within the TECH segment related to a
certain customer. Consolidated product liability expense was approximately $4.2 million and $11.0 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively.
For 2010, COGS includes, among others, (1) non-cash charges related to the amortization of fair value allocated to inventory of approximately $12.2 million,
(2) a reduction in warranty reserves of approximately $4.8 million due to the Company's change in estimate of expected warranty claims within the RVP and
C-HVAC segments, (3) a gain of approximately $3.0 million related to the reversal of a loss contingency reserve that was previously provided in 2009 related to
one of our subsidiaries in our TECH segment, and (4) a charge of approximately $1.9 million related to a product safety upgrade program within the RVP
segment.
We continually review the costs of our product lines and look for opportunities to help offset the rising costs of raw materials and transportation when
possible.
Overall, consolidated material costs for 2011 were approximately $1,012.5 million, or 47.3% of net sales, as compared to approximately $903.9 million, or
47.6% of net sales, for 2010. During 2011, we experienced lower material costs as a percentage of net sales as compared to 2010 related primarily to the effect
of acquisitions. Excluding the effect of acquisitions, material costs as a percentage of net sales for 2011was approximately 0.2% higher than in 2010 and is
primarily the result of changes in product mix, higher prices related to the purchase of certain purchased components, such as electrical components and
plastics, as well as from lower sales prices in the C-HVAC segment for jobs signed during the second half of 2010 and delivered in the first quarter of 2011. A
portion of these increases was offset by strategic sourcing initiatives and improvements in manufacturing processes. Should these price levels continue or
increase further there can be no assurance that we will be able to sufficiently increase sales prices to offset the adverse effect on earnings from rising material
costs.
Direct labor costs for 2011 were approximately $122.6 million, or 5.7% of net sales, as compared to approximately $110.2 million, or 5.8% of net sales, for
2010. Excluding the effect of acquisitions, direct labor costs as a percentage of net sales for 2011 increased to approximately 6.2% as compared to
approximately 5.8% for 2010. This increase in direct labor costs, as a percentage of net sales, for 2011 is primarily the result of lower sales prices in the CHVAC segment for jobs signed during the second half of 2010 and delivered in the first quarter of 2011.
48
Table of Contents
Overhead and other costs, including freight, for 2011 were approximately $432.7 million, or 20.2% of net sales, as compared to approximately $377.7
million, or 19.9% of net sales, for 2010. Overhead and other costs for 2011 includes, among others, approximately $38.5 million, respectively, related to
acquisitions made in 2011 and 2010 within the TECH segment (including approximately $7.5 million in non-cash charges related to the amortization of fair
value allocated to inventory in 2011), (2) a decrease in product liability expense of approximately $6.8 million as compared to 2010 as a result of favorable
settlement of claims primarily in the fourth quarter of 2011, and (3) approximately $4.9 million of additional warranty expense within the TECH segment
related to a certain customer. For 2010, COGS includes, among others, (1) non-cash charges related to the amortization of fair value allocated to inventory of
approximately $12.2 million, (2) a reduction in warranty reserves of approximately $4.8 million due to the Company's change in estimate of expected
warranty claims within the RVP and C-HVAC segments, (3) a gain of approximately $3.0 million related to the reversal of a loss contingency reserve that was
previously provided in 2009 related to one of our subsidiaries in our TECH segment and (4) a charge of approximately $1.9 million related to a product safety
upgrade program within the RVP segment.
Freight costs were approximately 5.1% and 4.8% of net sales for 2011 and 2010, respectively. Excluding the effect of acquisitions, freight costs were flat as a
percentage of net sales for 2011 as compared to 2010. Continued strategic sourcing initiatives and other cost reduction measures help mitigate fluctuations in
freight costs.
Overall, changes in COGS (including material, direct labor, overhead and freight costs) as a percentage of net sales for one period as compared to another
period may reflect a number of factors including changes in the relative mix of products sold, the effect of changes in sales prices and material costs, as well
as changes in productivity levels.
In the RVP segment, COGS for 2011 was approximately $434.4 million, or 73.5% of the segments net sales, as compared to approximately $427.1 million, or
70.9% of the segments net sales, for 2010. Material costs for 2011 were approximately $239.9 million, or 40.6% of the segment's net sales, as compared to
approximately $240.7 million, or 39.9% of the segment's net sales, for 2010. Overhead and other costs, including freight, for 2011 were approximately
$158.0 million, or 26.7% of the segments net sales, as compared to approximately $148.8 million, or 24.7% of the segments net sales, for 2010. The
increase in the percentage of COGS to net sales in 2011 primarily reflects an increase in overhead and other costs as a percentage of net sales primarily related
to a decrease in sales volume without a proportionate decrease in overhead costs, and to a lesser extent also reflects an increase in material costs as a percentage
of net sales resulting primarily from higher prices related to the purchase of steel and certain component parts, such as motors, electrical components and
plastics.
COGS in the RVP segment for 2011 also reflects (1) approximately $14.7 million of severance and other charges relating primarily to exit and disposal
activities, (2) a decrease in product liability expense of approximately $8.2 million as compared to 2010 as a result of favorable settlement of claims primarily
in the fourth quarter of 2011, (3) an increase of approximately $7.8 million related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and (4) a
decrease in depreciation expense of approximately $2.8 million as compared to 2010. COGS for 2010 includes, among others, (1) a reduction in warranty
reserves of approximately $4.1 million due to a change in estimate resulting from favorable experience related to claims management improvements, (2) a
charge of approximately $1.9 million related to a product safety upgrade program, and (3) approximately $1.4 million in non-cash charges related to the
amortization of fair value allocated to inventory with no corresponding charge in 2011. Product liability expense in the RVP segment was approximately $4.7
million and $12.9 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively.
In the TECH segment, COGS for 2011 was approximately $465.0 million, or 63.2% of the segments net sales, as compared to approximately $289.1
million, or 62.4% of the segments net sales, for 2010. In the TECH segment, material costs for 2011 were approximately $354.5 million, or 48.2% of the
segment's net sales, as compared to approximately $225.2 million, or 48.6% of the segment's net sales, for 2010. In the TECH segment, overhead and other
costs, including the impact of acquisitions and freight, for 2011 were approximately $102.5 million, or 13.9% of the segments net sales, as compared to
approximately $60.7 million, or 13.1% of the segments net sales, for 2010. COGS for 2011 includes approximately $139.6 million related to acquisitions
made in 2011 and 2010 (including approximately $7.5 million in non-cash charges related to the amortization of fair value allocated to inventory). Excluding
the effect of acquisitions, the increase in the percentage of COGS to net sales for 2011 was primarily the result of an increase in material costs as a percentage
of net sales, partially offset by a decrease in overhead costs as a percentage of net sales.
In the TECH segment, COGS for 2011 also includes approximately $4.9 million of additional warranty expense related to a certain customer. In the TECH
segment, COGS for 2010 also includes (1) approximately $9.3 million in non-cash charges related to the amortization of fair value allocated to inventory and
(2) a gain of approximately $3.0 million related to the reversal of previously
49
Table of Contents
In the R-HVAC segment, COGS for 2011 was approximately $322.2 million, or 85.1% of the segment's net sales, as compared to approximately $389.9
million, or 82.9% of the segment's net sales, for 2010. Material costs in this segment are generally higher as a percentage of net sales than our other segments
and were approximately 61.4% and 60.4% for 2011 and 2010, respectively. In the R-HVAC segment, overhead and other costs, including freight, for 2011
were approximately $76.9 million, or 20.3% of the segment's net sales, as compared to approximately $89.0 million, or 18.9% of the segment's net sales, for
2010. The increase in COGS as a percentage of net sales for 2011 primarily reflects an increase in overhead costs as a percentage of net sales, and to a lesser
extent also reflects an increase in material costs as a percentage of net sales. Overhead costs in the R-HVAC segment for 2011 included a decrease in
depreciation expense of approximately $3.2 million as compared to 2010, an increase in product liability expense of approximately $1.9 million as compared
to 2010 resulting from a reduction in expense from favorable settlement of claims that occurred in 2010, and a decrease in non-cash charges related to the
amortization of fair value allocated to inventory of approximately $0.4 million. The increase in material costs as a percentage of net sales is primarily the result
of a change in the mix of products sold as discussed previously, partially offset by increased sales prices effective January 1, 2011 and June 15, 2011.
Product liability expense was approximately $1.2 million of expense (of which approximately $0.4 million of income was recorded in COGS, and
approximately $1.6 million of expense was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense, net) and $0.5 million of income (of which approximately
$2.3 million of income was recorded in COGS, and approximately $1.8 million of expense was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense, net)
for 2011 and 2010, respectively.
In the C-HVAC segment, COGS for 2011 was approximately $346.2 million, or 79.6% of the segments net sales, as compared to approximately $285.7
million, or 78.8% of the segments net sales, for 2010. In the C-HVAC segment, material costs for 2011 were approximately $185.8 million, or 42.7% of the
segment's net sales, as compared to approximately $153.8 million, or 42.4% of the segment's net sales, for 2010. In the C-HVAC segment, overhead and other
costs, including freight, for 2011 were approximately $95.3 million, or 21.9% of the segments net sales, as compared to approximately $79.2 million, or
21.9% of the segments net sales, for 2011 and 2010, respectively. Direct labor costs in this segment are generally higher as a percentage of net sales than our
other segments and were approximately 15.0% and 14.5% for 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase in COGS as a percentage of net sales for 2011
primarily reflects an increase in material and labor costs as a percentage of net sales due to lower sales prices negotiated on jobs in the second half of 2010 and
delivered in the first quarter of 2011. The increase in direct labor as a percentage of net sales in 2011 is due, in part, to lower sales prices as noted above. In the
C-HVAC segment, COGS for 2011 also includes an increase of approximately $4.9 million related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates
and a decrease of approximately $1.0 million in product liability expense as compared to 2010 primarily as a result of the favorable settlement of claims.
Selling, General and Administrative Expense, Net. Consolidated SG&A was approximately $464.8 million for 2011 as compared to approximately $399.9
million for 2010. SG&A as a percentage of net sales increased from approximately 21.1% for 2010 to approximately 21.8% for 2011. SG&A for 2011
reflects (1) approximately $53.6 million related to acquisitions made in 2011 and 2010 within the TECH segment, (2) approximately $8.7 million of
severance expense related to the retirement of a Company executive, (3) net foreign exchange losses of approximately $5.4 million related to transactions,
including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in the Company's subsidiaries, (4) approximately $4.5 million of severance and other charges relating
primarily to exit and disposal activities, (5) an increase of approximately $3.0 million related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, (6) a
decrease in stock compensation expense of approximately $2.2 million as compared to 2010, (7) a loss on the sale of certain assets of approximately $1.4
million, (8) a decrease in acquisition costs of approximately $1.3 million as compared to 2010 and (9) approximately $0.8 million of CEO transition expenses.
Additionally, in 2011, the Company incurred approximately $1.4 million of outside consulting fees relating to strategic reviews. The Company expects to
incur additional consulting fees in 2012 of approximately $1.5 million as it completes its strategic reviews.
SG&A for 2010 reflects approximately $4.3 million of severance and other charges related to the closure of certain facilities in the TECH segment, and a gain
of approximately $2.7 million relating to the reversal of a portion of a loss contingency reserve provided in prior periods .
Amortization of Intangible Assets. Amortization of intangible assets, including developed technology and backlog, increased from approximately $37.0
million for 2010 to approximately $44.8 million for 2011. This increase in 2011 as compared to 2010 relates primarily to an increase of approximately $13.7
million related to acquisitions made in 2011 and 2010 within the TECH segment, partially offset by a decrease primarily related to the amortization of backlog
for the C-HVAC segment as a result of the application of fresh-start accounting.
50
Table of Contents
Operating Earnings. Operating earnings decreased approximately $7.5 million from approximately $70.6 million for 2010 to approximately $63.1 million
for 2011. Operating earnings for 2011 includes, among others,
(1)
a decrease in product liability expense of approximately $7.0 million as a result of favorable settlement of claims primarily in the fourth quarter of
2011. The fourth quarter of 2011 includes a reduction in product liability accruals and a related reduction in product liability expense of
approximately $12.2 million. The fourth quarter of 2010 includes a reduction in product liability accruals and a related reduction in product
liability expense of approximately $5.2 million.
(2)
approximately $22.9 million of decreased depreciation and amortization expense related to operations other than acquisitions,
(3)
approximately $19.6 million of severance and other charges relating primarily to exit and disposal activities,
(4)
operating earnings of approximately $19.6 million (which includes depreciation and amortization of approximately $25.1 million, including
approximately $7.5 million relating to the amortization of fair value allocated to inventory) related to acquisitions made in 2011 and 2010 within
the TECH segment,
(5)
approximately $8.7 million of severance expense related to the retirement of a Company executive,
(6)
net foreign exchange losses of approximately $5.4 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in the
Company's subsidiaries,
(7)
approximately $4.9 million of additional warranty expense within the TECH segment related to a certain customer,
(8)
(9)
(10) approximately $0.9 million of fees and expenses associated primarily with the acquisition of TV One, and
approximately $4.5 million of severance and other charges related to the closure of certain facilities within the TECH segment,
(2)
a reduction in warranty reserves of approximately $4.8 million due to the Company's change in estimate of expected warranty claims within the
RVP and C-HVAC segments,
(3)
a gain of approximately $3.0 million related to the reversal of a loss contingency reserve that was previously provided in 2009 related to one of our
subsidiaries in our TECH segment,
(4)
(5)
a gain of approximately $2.7 million relating to the reversal of a portion of a loss contingency reserve provided in prior periods,
(6)
approximately $2.2 million of fees and expenses associated with the acquisition of Ergotron, and
(7)
a charge of approximately $1.9 million related to a product safety upgrade program within the RVP segment.
Changes in operating earnings between 2011 and 2010 are primarily due to the factors discussed above and the following operating segment specific factors.
In the RVP segment, operating earnings for 2011 were approximately $32.6 million as compared to approximately $56.1 million for 2010. The decrease in the
RVP segments operating earnings for 2011 is primarily the result of decreased sales volume in the segments North American business and an increase in
material costs and overhead costs as a percentage of net sales. Operating earnings for 2011 for the RVP segment also includes (1) approximately $16.9 million
of severance and other charges relating to exit and disposal activities, (2) a decrease in product liability expense of approximately $8.2 million as compared to
2010 as a result of favorable settlement of claims primarily in the fourth quarter of 2011, and (3) a decrease of approximately $5.7 million in depreciation and
amortization expense (including a decrease in non-cash charges related to the amortization of fair value allocated to inventory of approximately $1.4 million).
Operating earnings for the RVP segment for 2010 also reflects a reduction in warranty
51
Table of Contents
In the TECH segment, operating earnings for 2011 were approximately $57.6 million as compared to approximately $12.1 million for 2010. Operating
earnings for the TECH segment for 2011 reflects an increase of approximately $19.6 million (which includes depreciation and amortization of approximately
$25.1 million, including approximately $7.5 million relating to the amortization of fair value allocated to inventory) related to acquisitions made in 2011 and
2010. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, the increase in operating earnings for 2011 is primarily the result of increased sales volume of security and access
control products, partially offset by an increase in material costs as a percentage of net sales. Operating earnings for the TECH segment for 2011 also includes
approximately $1.2 million of severance and other charges relating to exit and disposal activities and approximately $4.9 million of additional warranty
expense related to a certain customer. The operating results for the TECH segment for 2010 also includes (1) approximately $9.3 million in non-cash charges
related to the amortization of fair value allocated to inventory, (2) approximately $4.5 million of severance and other charges related to the closure of certain
facilities within the segment and (3) a gain of approximately $3.0 million related to the reversal of a loss contingency reserve that was previously provided in
2009 related to one of our subsidiaries in the segment .
In the R-HVAC segment, operating earnings for 2011 were approximately $1.4 million as compared to approximately $23.6 million for 2010. The decrease in
the R-HVAC segments operating earnings for 2011 is primarily a result of a decrease in sales volume and increased overhead and material costs as a
percentage of net sales, partially offset by increased sales prices. Operating earnings for 2011 for the R-HVAC segment also includes a decrease of
approximately $3.3 million in depreciation and amortization expense (including a decrease in non-cash charges related to the amortization of fair value allocated
to inventory of approximately $0.4 million) and an increase in product liability expense of approximately $1.7 million as compared to 2010 resulting from a
reduction in expense from favorable settlement of claims that occurred in 2010.
In the C-HVAC segment, operating earnings for 2011 were approximately $12.0 million as compared to approximately $5.7 million for 2010. This increase in
operating earnings for 2011 primarily reflects increased shipment levels of air handlers in the U.S. market. In the second and third quarters of 2011, delivery
of contracts with expanded margins over the margins in the first quarter of 2011 was also a factor. Operating earnings for 2011 for the C-HVAC segment also
includes a decrease of approximately $4.2 million in depreciation and amortization expense and a decrease of approximately $1.0 million in product liability
expense as compared to 2010 primarily as a result of the favorable settlement of claims. For 2010, operating earnings for the C-HVAC segment includes a
reduction in warranty reserves of approximately $0.7 million due to the Company's change in estimate of expected warranty claims .
Operating earnings (loss) of foreign operations, consisting primarily of the results of operations of our Canadian and European subsidiaries, were
approximately 1.0% and (5.8)% of consolidated operating earnings (before unallocated and corporate expenses) for 2011 and 2010, respectively. Foreign
operating earnings of acquisitions contributed approximately $16.2 million to the increase in 2011 as compared to 2010. Net sales and earnings derived from
international markets are subject to economic, political and currency risks, among others.
Interest Expense. Interest expense increased approximately $9.9 million, or approximately 10.3%, during 2011 as compared to the 2010. This increase is
primarily due to the issuance of our 10% Senior Notes due 2018 on November 23, 2010 (the "10% Notes"), partially offset by a decrease in interest expense
from the redemption of the 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the "11% Notes") through the issuance of $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount of
8.5% Senior Notes due 2021 (the 8.5% Notes) and entering into a new senior secured term loan with initial borrowings of $350.0 million .
Loss from Debt Retirement. On April 26, 2011, we successfully completed the private placement of the 8.5% Notes and entered into a new senior secured
term loan with a final maturity in 2017 and optional interest rates at the election of the Company, including LIBOR, as defined in the agreement, plus 4.0%
with a LIBOR floor of 1.25% (the Term Loan Facility). We borrowed $350.0 million aggregate principal under the Term Loan Facility at a 5.25% interest
rate on April 26, 2011, which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $348.2 million, after deducting an original issue discount of approximately $1.8
million. We received approximately $827.3 million of net proceeds in connection with the issuance of the 8.5% Notes and Term Loan Facility, after deducting
approximately $20.9 million of underwriting commissions and legal, accounting and other expenses incurred. We used approximately $825.0 million of these
net proceeds to repurchase or redeem all of the 11% Notes, which included approximately $753.3 million of aggregate outstanding principal balance,
approximately $37.8 million of tender and redemption premiums and approximately $33.9 million of accrued but unpaid interest as of the redemption dates.
In accordance with ASC 470-50, the
52
Table of Contents
Benefit from Income Taxes. The benefit from income taxes for 2011 was approximately $20.3 million as compared to approximately $11.6 million for 2010.
The effective income tax rate benefit of approximately 26.6% for 2011 differs from the expected United States federal statutory rate benefit of 35% principally
as a result of an increase in the valuation allowances related to certain deferred tax assets, partially offset by changes in the state income tax provisions and the
effect of foreign activities. The effective income tax rate benefit of approximately 46.4% for 2010 differs from the expected United States federal statutory rate
benefit of 35% principally as a result of a tax benefit for capitalized research and development costs and a decrease in FIN 48 reserves, including interest,
partially offset by an increase in the valuation allowances related to certain deferred tax assets and nondeductible expenses .
Year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the combined year ended December 31, 2009
Net Sales. As discussed further in the following paragraphs, net sales for 2010 increased by approximately $91.4 million, or 5.1%, as compared to 2009.
The effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and acquisitions increased net sales by approximately $16.5 million and $4.2 million, respectively,
in 2010. Excluding the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and acquisitions, net sales for 2010 increased by approximately $70.7 million as
compared to 2009.
In the RVP segment, net sales for 2010 increased approximately $19.7 million, or 3.4%, as compared to 2009. Net sales in the RVP segment for 2010 reflect an
increase of approximately $9.1 million attributable to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Excluding the effect of changes in foreign
currency exchange rates, net sales in the RVP segment for 2010 increased approximately $10.6 million as compared to the same period of 2009. Excluding the
effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, the change in net sales for 2010 is primarily the result of an increase in the RVP segment's Canadian
business of approximately $7.5 million, and to a lesser extent an increase in the RVP segment's United States business of approximately $2.8 million. The
increase in the North American business for 2010 is, in part, the result of an increase in total housing starts in both Canada and the United States of
approximately 27% and 6%, respectively. An increase in residential remodeling and replacement activity also contributed to the increase in 2010. We estimate
that shipments of between approximately $2.5 million and $3.0 million were shipped to a customer in the fourth quarter of 2010 that were higher than the
fourth quarter of 2009. We estimate that shipments to this customer in the first quarter of 2011 will be approximately $2.5 million to $3.0 million lower than
the first quarter of 2010. Excluding the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, the RVP segment's European range hood business was relatively
flat in 2010 as compared to 2009. Kitchen range hoods and bathroom exhaust fans are the largest product categories sold in the RVP segment, accounting for
approximately 79% of the RVP segment's total sales for both 2010 and 2009, respectively.
In the TECH segment, net sales for 2010 increased approximately $62.8 million, or 15.7%, as compared to 2009. This increase is primarily related to a new
customer, which contributed approximately $52.1 million to net sales for the segment during 2010, and the effect of an acquisition which contributed
approximately $4.2 million of net sales in 2010.
In the R-HVAC segment, net sales for 2010 increased approximately $44.3 million, or 10.4%, as compared to 2009. This increase was driven largely by air
conditioning sales of approximately $25.0 million (of which we believe approximately $4.0 million to $7.0 million were due to uncertainty of product
availability subsequent to January 1, 2011) to customers serving the residential site-built market for use as replacement products, and which contributed to
favorable fourth quarter 2010 performance as compared to 2009. As a result, a portion of these shipments are contributing to lower shipments in the first
quarter of 2011 as these customers work down their inventory levels. In addition, we estimate that other shipments of between approximately $3.5 million and
$5.0 million were shipped to customers in the fourth quarter of 2010 that would have otherwise been shipped during the first quarter of 2011 primarily due to
announced price increases effective January 1, 2011. Federal tax credits for high efficiency products are believed to have also contributed favorably to the mix
of products sold during 2010. Our net sales to customers serving the manufactured housing markets, principally consisting of air conditioners and furnaces,
demonstrated modest growth spurred by first time home buyer tax credits and certain state funds directed toward replacing and upgrading the efficiency of
HVAC equipment in existing homes principally in the first half of 2010.
In the C-HVAC segment, net sales for 2010 decreased approximately $35.4 million, or 8.9%, as compared to 2009. Net sales in the C-HVAC segment for 2010
reflect an increase of approximately $7.4 million attributable to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Excluding the effect of changes in
foreign currency exchange rates, net sales in the C-HVAC segment for 2010 decreased approximately $42.8 million. This decrease is primarily the result of a
decline in the non-residential construction and retro-fit markets, and lower prices on contracts negotiated in 2009 and 2010 and delivered in 2010. The decrease
in 2010 is
53
Table of Contents
2009 without any associated costs or expenses. Backlog for C-HVAC products was approximately $179.8 million at December 31, 2010 as compared to
approximately $150.7 million at December 31, 2009. This increase in backlog reflects an increase in orders during the second half of 2010 (at prices lower
than 2009 or the first half of 2010) principally for jobs expected to be delivered during the first half of 2011.
Foreign net sales, which are attributed based on the location of our subsidiary responsible for the sale, were approximately 20.0% and 19.9% of consolidated
net sales for 2010 and 2009, respectively. Net sales from our Canadian subsidiaries were approximately 11.5% and 11.0% of consolidated net sales for 2010
and 2009, respectively. Net sales from our Canadian subsidiaries include net sales from the RVP and C-HVAC segments. Net sales from our European
subsidiaries were approximately 6.4% and 6.8% of consolidated net sales for 2010 and 2009, respectively. Net sales from our European subsidiaries include
net sales primarily from the RVP and C-HVAC segments.
Cost of Products Sold. Consolidated COGS for 2010 was approximately $1,391.8 million as compared to approximately $1,301.2 million for 2009.
For 2010, COGS includes, among others:
(1) an increase of approximately $11.9 million related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates,
(2) an increase in non-cash charges related to the amortization of fair value allocated to inventory of approximately $8.6 million as compared to 2009,
(3) an increase in depreciation expense of approximately $6.2 million as compared to 2009,
(4) a reduction in warranty reserves of approximately $4.8 million due to the Company's change in estimate of expected warranty claims within the RVP
(5) a gain of approximately $3.0 million related to the reversal of a loss contingency reserve that was previously provided in 2009 related to one of our
subsidiaries in our TECH segment,
(6) an increase of approximately $2.0 million related to an acquisition within the TECH segment during the third quarter of 2010,
(7) a decrease in product liability expense of approximately $2.4 million as compared to 2009 (consolidated product liability expense within COGS was
approximately $11.0 million and $13.4 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively), and
(8) a charge of approximately $1.9 million related to a product safety upgrade program within the RVP segment.
For 2009, COGS includes, among others, (1) a loss contingency reserve of approximately $3.0 million related to one of our subsidiaries in our TECH segment
and (2) approximately $1.6 million of severance charges related to certain reduction in workforce initiatives implemented in all four segments. Excluding the
effect of these items, COGS for 2010 increased approximately $75.3 million as compared to the same period of 2009.
COGS as a percentage of net sales increased from approximately 72.0% for 2009 to approximately 73.3% for 2010. These changes are primarily due to the
factors described above and below.
We continually review the costs of our product lines and look for opportunities to help offset the rising costs of raw materials and transportation when
possible.
Overall, consolidated material costs for 2010 were approximately $903.9 million, or 47.6% of net sales, as compared to approximately $819.5 million, or
45.3% of net sales, for 2009. During 2010, we experienced higher material costs as a percentage of net sales as compared to 2009 related primarily to changes
in product mix, as well as from higher prices related to the purchases of copper, steel, aluminum, and purchased components, such as compressors. A
portion of these increases was offset by strategic sourcing initiatives and improvements in manufacturing processes.
As noted previously, in 2010, the Company experienced higher commodity prices as compared to 2009 primarily related to the purchase of copper, steel, and
aluminum, as well as certain purchased components, such as compressors. The Company anticipates that commodity prices for 2011 will continue to
increase as compared to 2010. Should these price levels continue or increase
54
Table of Contents
Direct labor costs for 2010 were approximately $110.2 million, or 5.8% of net sales, as compared to approximately $107.7 million, or 6.0% of net sales, for
2009. The decrease in direct labor costs, as a percentage of net sales, in 2010 as compared to 2009 is primarily the result of changes in product mix, partially
offset by lower sales prices within the C-HVAC segment. Changes in production efficiencies also impacted the change in direct labor costs as a percentage of
net sales in 2010 as compared to 2009.
Overhead and other costs, including freight, for 2010 were approximately $377.7 million, or 19.9% of net sales, as compared to approximately $374.0
million, or 20.7% of net sales, for 2009. Overhead and other costs for 2010 includes, among others, (1) approximately $12.2 million in non-cash charges
related to the amortization of fair value allocated to inventory, (2) approximately $6.2 million of increased depreciation expense, mostly due to fresh-start
accounting, as compared to 2009, (3) a reduction in warranty reserves of approximately $4.8 million due to the Company's change in estimate of expected
warranty claims within the RVP and C-HVAC segments, (4) a gain of approximately $3.0 million related to the reversal of a loss contingency reserve that was
previously provided in 2009 related to one of our subsidiaries in our TECH segment, (5) a decrease in product liability expense of approximately $2.4 million
as compared to 2009 and (6) a charge of approximately $1.9 million related to a product safety upgrade program within the RVP segment. Overhead and other
costs for 2009 includes, among others, (1) approximately $3.6 million in non-cash charges related to the amortization of fair value allocated to inventory and
(2) a loss contingency reserve of approximately $3.0 million related to one of our subsidiaries in our TECH segment. The remaining decrease in the percentage
of overhead and other costs to net sales for 2010 is primarily the result of an increase in net sales without a proportionate increase in costs, primarily related to
the fixed nature of certain overhead costs.
Freight costs were approximately 4.8% and 4.4% of net sales for 2010 and 2009, respectively. During 2010, we experienced increased freight costs due to
increased ocean freight costs, as well as increased diesel fuel costs, as compared to the comparable period of 2009. Continued strategic sourcing initiatives and
other cost reduction measures help mitigate fluctuations in freight costs.
Overall, changes in COGS (including material, direct labor, overhead and freight costs) as a percentage of net sales for one period as compared to another
period may reflect a number of factors including changes in the relative mix of products sold, the effect of changes in sales prices and material costs, as well
as changes in productivity levels.
In the RVP segment, COGS for 2010 was approximately $427.1 million, or 70.9% of the segment's net sales, as compared to approximately $425.5 million,
or 73.0% of the segment's net sales, for 2009. Material costs for 2010 were approximately $240.7 million, or 39.9% of the segment's net sales, as compared to
approximately $236.8 million, or 40.6% of the segment's net sales, for 2009. Overhead and other costs, including freight, for 2010 were approximately
$148.8 million, or 24.7% of the segment's net sales, as compared to approximately $151.2 million, or 25.9% of the segment's net sales, for 2009. The
decrease in the percentage of COGS to net sales in 2010 primarily reflects a decrease in overhead costs as a percentage of net sales, and to a lesser extent a
decrease in material costs as a percentage of net sales, mostly in the first half of 2010, resulting primarily from lower prices, in part from strategic sourcing
initiatives, related to the purchase of certain component parts. The decrease in overhead costs as a percentage of net sales for 2010 over 2009 primarily relates
to increased sales without a proportionate increase in overhead costs, partially offset by higher freight costs.
COGS in the RVP segment for 2010 also reflects (1) an increase of approximately $5.6 million related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange
rates, (2) a reduction in warranty reserves of approximately $4.1 million due to a change in estimate resulting from favorable experience related to claims
management improvements, (3) an increase in depreciation expense of approximately $3.1 million as compared to 2009, primarily as a result of fresh-start
accounting, (4) a decrease in product liability expense of approximately $2.1 million as compared to 2009, (5) a charge of approximately $1.9 million related
to a product safety upgrade program, and (6) approximately $1.4 million in non-cash charges related to the amortization of fair value allocated to inventory.
COGS in the RVP segment for 2009 also reflects (1) approximately $1.3 million in non-cash charges related to the amortization of fair value allocated to
inventory and (2) approximately $1.1 million of severance charges related to certain reduction in workforce initiatives implemented within the segment.
Product liability expense in the RVP segment was approximately $12.9 million and $15.0 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively.
In the TECH segment, COGS for 2010 was approximately $289.1 million, or 62.4% of the segment's net sales, as compared to approximately $238.1
million, or 59.4% of the segment's net sales, for 2009. In the TECH segment, material costs for 2010 were
55
Table of Contents
approximately $225.2 million, or 48.6% of the segment's net sales, as compared to approximately $177.5 million, or 44.3% of the segment's net sales, for
2009. In the TECH segment, overhead and other costs, including freight, for 2010 were approximately $60.7 million, or 13.1% of the segment's net sales, as
compared to approximately $58.0 million, or 14.5% of the segment's net sales, for 2009. The increase in the percentage of COGS to net sales for 2010 was
primarily the result of an increase in material costs as a percentage of net sales primarily due to a change in product mix, partially offset by a decrease in
overhead costs as a percentage of net sales. The decrease in the percentage of overhead costs to net sales for 2010 reflects an increase in net sales without a
proportionate increase in overhead costs and is net of the effect of certain items as discussed below.
In the TECH segment, COGS for 2010 also includes (1) approximately $9.3 million in non-cash charges related to the amortization of fair value allocated to
inventory, (2) a gain of approximately $3.0 million related to the reversal of a loss contingency reserve that was previously provided in 2009 related to one of
our subsidiaries in the segment and (3) an increase of approximately $2.0 million related to an acquisition during the third quarter of 2010. In the TECH
segment, COGS for 2009 also includes (1) a loss contingency reserve of approximately $3.0 million related to one of our subsidiaries in the segment and (2)
approximately $1.2 million in non-cash charges related to the amortization of fair value allocated to inventory.
In the R-HVAC segment, COGS for 2010 was approximately $389.9 million, or 82.9% of the segment's net sales, as compared to approximately $354.4
million, or 83.2% of the segment's net sales, for 2009. Material costs in this segment are generally higher as a percentage of net sales than our other segments
and were approximately 60.4% and 59.8% for 2010 and 2009, respectively. In the R-HVAC segment, overhead and other costs, including freight, for 2010
were approximately $89.0 million, or 18.9% of the segment's net sales, as compared to approximately $83.6 million, or 19.6% of the segment's net sales, for
2009. The decrease in COGS as a percentage of net sales for 2010 primarily reflects a decrease in overhead costs as a percentage of net sales as a result of an
increase in sales without a proportionate increase in overhead costs. The decrease in COGS as a percentage of net sales for 2010 was partially offset by an
increase in material costs as a percentage of net sales resulting from a change in the mix of products sold and higher prices related primarily to the purchases of
copper and certain purchased components. Overhead costs in the R-HVAC segment for 2010 also includes (1) an increase in non-cash charges related to the
amortization of fair value allocated to inventory of approximately $0.5 million as compared to 2009, (2) an increase in depreciation expense of approximately
$3.6 million as compared to 2009 and (3) a decrease in product liability expense of approximately $0.8 million as compared to 2009. Product liability expense
was approximately $0.5 million of income (of which approximately $2.3 million of income was recorded in COGS, and approximately $1.8 million of
expense was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense, net) and $0.8 million of expense (of which approximately $1.5 million of income was
recorded in COGS, and approximately $2.3 million of expense was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense, net) for 2010 and 2009,
respectively.
In the C-HVAC segment, COGS for 2010 was approximately $285.7 million, or 78.8% of the segment's net sales, as compared to approximately $283.2
million, or 71.2% of the segment's net sales, for 2009. In the C-HVAC segment, material costs for 2010 were approximately $153.8 million, or 42.4% of the
segment's net sales, as compared to approximately $150.5 million, or 37.8% of the segment's net sales, for 2009. In the C-HVAC segment, overhead and other
costs, including freight, for 2010 were approximately $79.2 million, or 21.9% of the segment's net sales, as compared to approximately $81.2 million, or
20.4% of the segment's net sales, for 2009. Direct labor costs in this segment are generally higher as a percentage of net sales than our other segments and were
approximately 14.5% and 13.0% for 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in COGS as a percentage of net sales for 2010 primarily reflects lower sales
prices and an increase in material costs as a percentage of net sales resulting from higher prices related to the purchases of steel, copper and aluminum. The
increase in COGS as a percentage of net sales for 2010 also reflects the effect of approximately $3.9 million of net sales recognized as revenue upon the
resolution and collection of retainage in the first quarter of 2009 without any associated costs or expenses. The increase in direct labor as a percentage of net
sales is due, in part, to lower sales prices and lower production efficiencies. The increase in overhead costs as a percentage of net sales for 2010 is primarily
due to a decrease in sales volume and lower sales prices without a proportionate decrease in overhead costs. In the C-HVAC segment, COGS for 2010 also
includes an increase of approximately $6.3 million related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
Selling, General and Administrative Expense, Net. Consolidated SG&A was approximately $399.9 million for 2010 as compared to approximately $381.1
million for 2009. SG&A as a percentage of net sales remained unchanged at approximately 21.1% for 2010 and 2009. SG&A for 2010 reflects (1)
approximately $4.3 million of severance and other charges related to the closure of certain facilities in the TECH segment, (2) an increase of approximately
$2.9 million related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, (3) non-cash share-based compensation expense of approximately $2.8 million,
(4) a gain of approximately $2.7 million relating to the reversal of a portion of a loss contingency reserve provided in prior periods, (5) approximately $2.2
million of fees and expenses associated with the acquisition of Ergotron, and (6) an increase of approximately $1.9 million related to an acquisition within the
TECH segment during the third quarter of 2010.
56
Table of Contents
SG&A for 2009 includes, among others, (1) a gain of approximately $3.9 million related to our revised estimate of a loss contingency related to an
indemnification of a lease guarantee, (2) approximately $3.0 million of severance charges related to certain reduction in workforce initiatives implemented in all
four segments, (3) valuation reserves of approximately $2.8 million related to certain assets of a foreign subsidiary that we shutdown in 2010 in the TECH
segment, (4) approximately $1.5 million of expense related to early lease termination charges, (5) a gain of approximately $0.7 million related to the favorable
settlement of litigation and (6) a gain of approximately $0.6 million related to the sale of assets related to one of our foreign subsidiaries.
Pre-Petition Reorganization Items. During 2009, we retained financial and legal advisors to assist us in the analysis of our capital structure in light of
economic conditions. As a result, we incurred approximately $22.5 million of advisory and other fees related to the reorganization of our capital structure.
Goodwill Impairment Charge. During 2009, we recorded an approximate $284.0 million non-cash impairment charge to reduce the carrying amount of the
TECH reporting unit's goodwill to the estimated fair value based upon the results of our goodwill impairment testing . See Note 4, Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies , to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
Amortization of Intangible Assets. Amortization of intangible assets, including developed technology and backlog, increased from approximately $23.7
million for 2009 to approximately $37.0 million for 2010. This increase in 2010 as compared to 2009 is primarily as a result of the effect of fair value
adjustments to intangible assets as a result of the application of fresh-start accounting in December 2009.
Operating Earnings (Loss). Operating earnings increased approximately $275.2 million from an operating loss of approximately $204.6 million for 2009 to
operating earnings of approximately $70.6 million for 2010. The operating loss for 2009 includes a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of approximately
$284.0 million related to the TECH segment, as described above.
approximately $27.8 million (of which approximately $8.6 million relates to the change in non- cash charges related to the amortization of fair
value allocated to inventory) of increased depreciation and amortization expense related primarily to the effect of fair value adjustments to
inventory, property and equipment, and intangible assets as a result of the application of fresh-start accounting in December 2009,
(2)
approximately $4.5 million of severance and other charges related to the closure of certain facilities within the TECH segment,
(3)
a reduction in warranty reserves of approximately $4.8 million due to the Company's change in estimate of expected warranty claims within the
RVP and C-HVAC segments,
(4)
a gain of approximately $3.0 million related to the reversal of a loss contingency reserve that was previously provided in 2009 related to one of our
subsidiaries in our TECH segment,
(5)
(6)
(7)
a gain of approximately $2.7 million relating to the reversal of a portion of a loss contingency reserve provided in prior periods,
(8)
approximately $2.2 million of fees and expenses associated with the acquisition of Ergotron,
(9)
charge of approximately $1.9 million related to a product safety upgrade program within the RVP segment, and
(10) a gain of approximately $1.7 million related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
57
Table of Contents
(5) valuation reserves of approximately $2.8 million related to certain assets of a foreign subsidiary that we shutdown in 2010 in the TECH segment,
(6) approximately $1.5 million of expense related to early lease termination charges,
(7) a gain of approximately $0.7 million related to the favorable settlement of litigation, and
(8) a gain of approximately $0.6 million related to the sale of assets related to one of our foreign subsidiaries.
The remaining changes in operating earnings (loss) between 2010 as compared to 2009 are primarily due to the factors discussed above and that follow.
In the RVP segment, operating earnings for 2010 were approximately $56.1 million as compared to approximately $54.0 million for 2009. The increase in the
RVP segment's operating earnings for 2010 is primarily the result of increased sales volume in the segment's North American business and a decrease in
material and overhead costs as a percentage of net sales.
Operating earnings for the RVP segment for 2010 also reflects (1) approximately $12.5 million of increased depreciation and amortization expense related
primarily to the effect of fair value adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, and intangible assets as a result of the application of fresh-start
accounting in December 2009, (2) a reduction in warranty reserves of approximately $4.1 million due to a change in estimate resulting from favorable
experience related to claims management improvements, (3) a decrease in product liability expense of approximately $2.1 million as compared to 2009, (4) an
increase of approximately $2.0 million related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and (5) a charge of approximately $1.9 million related to a
product safety upgrade program. Operating earnings for the RVP segment for 2009 also reflects approximately $1.9 million of severance charges related to
certain reduction in workforce initiatives implemented within the segment.
In the TECH segment, operating earnings for 2010 were approximately $12.1 million as compared to an operating loss of approximately $274.0 million for
2009. The TECH operating loss for 2009 includes a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of approximately $284.0 million. Operating earnings for the TECH
segment for 2010 includes (1) an increase in non-cash charges related to the amortization of fair value allocated to inventory of approximately $8.1 million as
compared to 2009, (2) approximately $4.5 million of severance and other charges related to the closure of certain facilities within the segment and (3) a gain of
approximately $3.0 million related to the reversal of a loss contingency reserve that was previously provided in 2009 related to one of our subsidiaries in the
segment. The operating loss for the TECH segment for 2009 also includes (1) a loss contingency reserve of approximately $3.0 million related to one of our
subsidiaries and (2) valuation reserves of approximately $2.8 million related to certain assets of a foreign subsidiary that we shutdown in 2010. Excluding the
effect of these charges in 2010 and 2009, operating earnings increased approximately $5.9 million for 2010 as compared to 2009. This increase is primarily
the result of a new customer, which contributed approximately $52.1 million of increased net sales, as noted previously, during 2010 partially offset by an
increase in material costs as a percentage of net sales.
In the R-HVAC segment, operating earnings for 2010 were approximately $23.6 million as compared to approximately $15.2 million for 2009. The increase in
the R-HVAC segment's operating earnings for 2010 is primarily a result of an increase in sales volume and to a lesser extent, a decrease in overhead and other
costs as a percentage of net sales, partially offset by an increase in material costs as a percentage of net sales. Operating earnings for 2010 for the R-HVAC
segment also includes (1) approximately $4.6 million (of which approximately $0.5 million relates to the increase in non-cash charges related to the
amortization of fair value allocated to inventory) of increased depreciation and amortization expense related primarily to the effect of fair value adjustments to
inventory, property and equipment, and intangible assets as a result of the application of fresh-start accounting in December 2009 and (2) a decrease in
product liability expense of approximately $1.3 million as compared to 2009.
58
Table of Contents
In the C-HVAC segment, operating earnings for 2010 were approximately $5.7 million as compared to approximately $39.7 million for 2009. This decrease in
operating earnings is primarily the result of a decrease in sales volume and prices, increases in material costs as a percentage of net sales primarily related to
the purchase of steel, copper and aluminum, and also includes the effect of approximately $3.9 million of net sales recognized as revenue upon the resolution
and collection of retainage in the first quarter of 2009 without any associated costs or expenses. Operating earnings for the C-HVAC segment for 2010 also
reflects (1) approximately $4.7 million of increased amortization expense related primarily to the effect of fair value adjustments to intangible assets as a result
of the application of fresh-start accounting in December 2009 and (2) a reduction in warranty reserves of approximately $0.7 million due to the Company's
change in estimate of expected warranty claims. Operating earnings for the C-HVAC segment for 2009 also reflects (1) approximately $1.3 million of expense
related to early lease termination charges, (2) approximately $1.1 million of severance charges related to certain reduction in workforce initiatives implemented
within the segment and (3) a gain of approximately $0.6 million related to the sale of assets related to one of our foreign subsidiaries.
Operating losses of foreign operations, consisting primarily of the results of operations of our Canadian and European subsidiaries, were approximately 5.8%
of operating earnings (before unallocated and corporate expenses) for 2010. Excluding the non-cash goodwill impairment charge recorded in 2009, operating
earnings of foreign operations, consisting primarily of the results of operations of our Canadian and European subsidiaries, were approximately 5.9% of
operating earnings (before unallocated and corporate expenses) for 2009. Net sales and earnings derived from international markets are subject to economic,
political and currency risks, among others.
Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased approximately $43.5 million, or approximately 31.2%, during 2010 as compared to 2009. This decrease is
primarily due to a substantial reduction in total outstanding indebtedness as a result of the cancellation of our 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013, 8 1/2%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 and 9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011 in connection with our bankruptcy proceedings under Chapter 11,
partially offset by the effect of higher interest rates under our $300.0 million asset-based revolving credit facility (the ABL Facility) and from the issuance of
our 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the 11% Notes) in conjunction with our reorganization under Chapter 11 during 2009. The decrease in interest
expense was also offset by interest expense from the issuance of our 10% Notes on November 23, 2010.
Gain on Reorganization Items, net. In conjunction with our emergence from bankruptcy in 2009, we recorded a pre-tax gain on reorganization items, net of
approximately $619.1 million related to our reorganization proceedings and the impact of adopting fresh-start accounting. A summary of this restated net pretax gain for the period ended December 19, 2009 is as follows (amounts in millions):
Pre-tax reorganization items:
Gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise
Elimination of Predecessor deferred debt expense and debt discount
Elimination of deferred debt expense related to the Predecessor ABL Facility
(33.9)
(8.7)
59
539.9
497.3
(9.2)
488.1
131.0
619.1
Table of Contents
(Benefit) Provision for Income Taxes. The benefit from income taxes for 2010 was approximately $11.6 million as compared to a provision for income taxes
of approximately $83.6 million for 2009. The effective income tax rate of a benefit of approximately 46.4% for 2010 differs from the expected United States
federal statutory rate of a benefit of 35% principally as a result of a tax benefit for capitalized research and development costs and a decrease in FIN 48
reserves, including interest, partially offset by an increase in the valuation allowances on certain foreign entities, nondeductible expenses and the effect of
foreign operations. In connection with the filing of our U.S. federal tax return for the period ended December 17, 2009 in the third quarter of 2010, we made an
election to capitalize for tax purposes research and development costs. This election resulted in the creation of a deferred tax asset that will be amortized over a
10 year period. As a result of this election, we recorded a deferred tax benefit of approximately $10.9 million, including a state tax benefit of approximately
$1.0 million, in 2010. The effective income tax rate of approximately 30.3% for 2009 differs from the expected United States federal statutory rate of 35%
principally as a result of the exclusion, from taxable income, of income related to the discharge of indebtedness, and the reversal of prior period valuation
allowances against income recognized as a result of fresh-start accounting adjustments, offset by the non-deductibility of goodwill impairment charges.
In the third quarter of 2010, we reached a settlement related to an income tax and VAT audit. The total amount that we paid in connection with this settlement
was approximately $1.7 million, of which approximately $0.9 million related to income taxes and approximately $0.8 million related to VAT. The approximate
$0.8 million related to VAT was recorded within selling, general and administrative expense, net in the accompanying 2010 consolidated statement of
operations. We had previously established income tax reserves for these uncertain income tax positions totaling approximately $2.3 million, including interest.
The change in the effective income tax rates between 2010 and 2009 is principally due to the fact that, as a result of our reorganization in late 2009 and the
related fresh-start accounting adjustments, we are able to recognize the tax benefit of our losses, and as such, additional valuation allowances are not
required. See Note 7, Income Taxes, to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
60
Table of Contents
We believe that our primary long-term capital requirements relate to servicing and repaying our indebtedness. At December 31, 2011, we had aggregate
principal amount outstanding of $250.0 million under the 10% Notes, $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding under the 8.5% Notes
(excluding approximately $6.9 million of unamortized debt discount), $347.4 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan Facility
(excluding approximately $7.5 million of unamortized debt discount) and approximately $42.0 million (of which $25.0 million was repaid during the first
quarter of 2012) under the ABL Facility. We will be required to repay amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility in 2015, under our 10% Notes in 2018 and
under our 8.5% Notes in 2021. We will be required to make scheduled quarterly payments each equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the Term
Loan Facility, with the balance due in 2017. In addition, we are currently obligated to make periodic interest payments under the 8.5% Notes, the 10% Notes,
the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility, as well as make periodic interest and principal payments relating to other indebtedness of our subsidiaries. See
-Contractual Obligations below for detail on our payment obligations under our indebtedness.
Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Our
ability to generate cash in the future will be dependent upon, among other things, the performance of our operating segments, and general economic, financial,
competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.
Our ability to repay our outstanding indebtedness will also depend on our ability to access the capital markets in order to refinance all amounts outstanding
under the 10% Notes, the 8.5% Notes, the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility as we do not anticipate generating sufficient cash flow from operations to
repay such amounts in full. There can be no assurance that funds will be available to us in the capital markets, together with cash generated from operations,
in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. Additionally, there can be no assurance that we will be able to
refinance any of our indebtedness, including the 10% Notes, the 8.5% Notes, the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility, on commercially reasonable terms
or at all. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, seeking additional equity or reducing or delaying capital
expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances. There can be no assurance that any such actions, if necessary, could be effected on
commercially reasonable terms or at all.
61
Table of Contents
Sources:
Proceeds from issuance of the 8.5% Notes
Proceeds from Term Loan Facility after deducting original issue discount of
approximately $1.8 million
500.0
348.2
848.2
Total sources
Uses:
Repurchase or redemption of 11% Notes
Tender and redemption premiums for 11% Notes
Accrued and unpaid interest through the date of tender or redemption
(753.3)
(37.8)
(33.9)
(825.0)
(20.9)
(845.9)
Total uses
2.3
As certain holders of the new 8.5% Notes and Term Loan Facility had previously held the 11% Notes up to the time of their repurchase or redemption, we
determined in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 470-50, "Debt Modifications and Extinguishments" (ASC 470-50) that, of the total
approximately $60.5 million of original issue discounts, underwriting commissions, legal, accounting and other expenses and tender and redemption
premiums, approximately $33.8 million should be recorded as a loss on debt retirement and that approximately $11.2 million and $15.5 million should be
recorded as deferred debt expense and debt discount, respectively, and amortized over the lives of the respective debt instruments. The deferred debt expense of
approximately $11.2 million was allocated to the 8.5% Notes and the Term Loan Facility in the amounts of approximately $6.3 million and approximately
$4.9 million, respectively. The debt discount of approximately $15.5 million was allocated to the 8.5% Notes and the Term Loan Facility in the amounts of
approximately $7.2 million and approximately $8.3 million, respectively.
Based on the initial interest rate of 5.25% for the Term Loan Facility, we expect that our annual cash interest costs will be reduced by approximately $22.0
million as a result of the debt transactions described above. Approximately $82.9 million of annual cash interest related to the 11% Notes was eliminated and
replaced by approximately $60.9 million of annual cash interest related to the 8.5% Notes and the Term Loan Facility.
62
Table of Contents
Cash Flows
Net cash provided by operating activities increased by approximately $34.0 million from approximately $46.9 million for 2010 to approximately $80.9
million for 2011. This change was primarily the result of a decrease in working capital needs of approximately $30.8 million, partially offset by a decrease in
net earnings (after the exclusion of non-cash items, including loss from debt retirement of approximately $33.8 million) of approximately $4.5 million.
Net cash used in investing activities decreased approximately $247.7 million from approximately $303.4 million for 2010 to approximately $55.7 million for
2011. This decrease was primarily the result of a decrease in net cash paid for businesses acquired of approximately $254.3 million, partially offset by an
investment in a joint venture of approximately $5.3 million and an increase in capital expenditures of approximately $1.3 million. Capital expenditures were
approximately $21.1 million for 2011 as compared to approximately $19.8 million for 2010. Capital expenditures are expected to be between approximately
$30 million and $35 million in 2012.
Net cash from financing activities decreased by approximately $249.3 million from net cash provided by financing activities of approximately $224.6 million
for 2010 to net cash used in financing activities of approximately $24.7 million for 2011. This change is primarily the result of borrowings, net of issuance
costs, under the 10% Notes in 2010 of approximately $240.5 million compared to borrowings, net of issuance costs, in conjunction with the second quarter
2011 debt transactions as noted above of approximately $35.3 million. Additionally, a net decrease in borrowings of approximately $41.5 million contributed
to the overall change in net cash from financing activities between 2010 and 2011.
As discussed earlier, we generally use cash flows from operations, and where necessary borrowings, to finance our capital expenditures and strategic
acquisitions, to meet the service requirements of existing indebtedness and for working capital and other general corporate purposes.
Outstanding Indebtedness
We had consolidated debt at December 31, 2011 of approximately $1,144.5 million consisting of the following:
(Amounts in millions)
493.1
339.9
250.0
42.0
18.2
1.3
1,144.5
During 2011, our net debt increased approximately $24.9 million resulting primarily from the second quarter 2011 debt transactions as noted previously,
which resulted in a net increase in outstanding borrowings of approximately $81.2 million, partially offset by a net decrease in borrowings under our ABL
Facility of approximately $43.0 million, quarterly payments related to the Term Loan Facility of approximately $2.6 million and net payments relating to
subsidiary debt of approximately $11.9 million. The remaining increase of approximately $1.2 million relates to the effect of changes in foreign currency
exchange rates and debt discount amortization. Our debt to equity ratio increased from approximately 7.1:1 at December 31, 2010 to approximately 14.2:1 at
December 31, 2011 primarily as a result of the net increase in indebtedness as noted above and a decrease in stockholders' investment, primarily related to the
net loss for 2011. On February 3, 2012, we voluntarily repaid $25.0 million of outstanding borrowings under our ABL Facility and, accordingly, we have
classified such amount as current maturities of long-term debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011.
At December 31, 2010, our subsidiary, Best, was not in compliance with certain maintenance covenants with respect to one of its loan agreements with
borrowings outstanding of approximately $1.4 million. As a result, we reclassified the long-term portion of outstanding borrowings under this agreement of
approximately $0.6 million as a current liability on our consolidated balance
63
Table of Contents
sheet at December 31, 2010. The lender did not take any action related to the covenant noncompliance at that time. The next measurement date for the
maintenance covenant was for the year ended December 31, 2011 and we believed it was probable that Best would not be in compliance with such covenants at
such time. In the event this lender accelerated this loan, additional indebtedness of Best under a different loan agreement with borrowings outstanding of
approximately $1.7 million at December 31, 2010 could have also become immediately due and payable if such cross-default was not waived. As a result, we
also reclassified the long-term portion of this additional indebtedness of approximately $0.9 million as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheet at
December 31, 2010. The remaining amounts outstanding under these debt agreements of approximately $1.4 million at December 31, 2011 are due in 2012
and are classified as current maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2011.
Contractual Obligations
The following is a summary of our estimated future cash obligations at December 31, 2011, including those of our subsidiaries, under debt obligations
(excluding approximately $16.3 million in debt discount), interest expense (based upon interest rates in effect at the time of the preparation of this summary),
capital lease obligations, minimum annual rental obligations primarily for non-cancelable lease obligations (operating leases), acquisition agreements, purchase
obligations, other long-term liabilities and other obligations. Debt and interest payments in the table below reflect the financing transactions during 2011 as
previously described. Also, see Note 8, Notes, Mortgage Notes and Obligations Payable , and Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies , to the
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report:
2012
2017 &
Thereafter
Total
(Amounts in millions)
Total
30.4
89.0
2.1
21.5
8.0
23.8
174.8
7.6
177.8
6.7
30.2
19.0
$
241.3
24.6
174.7
1.9
13.5
4.2
218.9
1,086.0
239.2
0.2
12.5
8.9
1,346.8
1,148.6
680.7
10.9
77.7
8.0
55.9
1,981.8
(1) Excludes notes payable and other short-term obligations of approximately $1.3 million.
(2) Based upon interest rates in effect at December 31, 2011.
(3) Subsidiary debt used for working capital purposes such as lines of credit are estimated to continue through December 31, 2018 in the above table.
(4) Includes interest payments on the ABL Facility which are estimated to continue through 2015 in the above table.
(5) Includes pension, profit sharing and other post-retirement benefits. Additionally, this table does not include the long-term contractual obligations
associated with our defined benefit and other post-retirement benefit plans of approximately $55.8 million at December 31, 2011. See Note 10,
Pension, Profit Sharing and Other Post-Retirement Benefits , to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
(6) Includes severance payments of approximately $7.9 million related to the retirement of a Company executive.
(7) Includes severance payments of approximately $11.4 million , of which approximately $8.2 million is recorded in other-long term liabilities, related
to the restructuring of our subsidiary, Best, in the RVP segment.
(8) Other long-term liabilities, such as unrecognized tax benefits, product liability and warranty reserves, have been excluded from the table due to the
uncertainty of the timing, and amount, of payments.
Nortek, its subsidiaries, affiliates or significant shareholders may from time to time, in their sole discretion, purchase, repay, refinance, redeem or retire any
of our outstanding debt, in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise, which may be subject to restricted payment
limitations.
64
Table of Contents
31, 2011, the Company has not provided United States income taxes or foreign withholding taxes on unremitted foreign earnings of approximately
$37.3 million, as those amounts are considered indefinitely invested.
During 2012, we expect that it is reasonably likely that the following major cash requirements will occur as compared to 2011:
For the Year Ended December 31,
2012
2011
(Amounts in millions)
89.0
30.4
2.1
30.0
28.7
12.7
11.1
96.8
138.3
2.0
30.9
21.1
31.2
8.0
3.9
For 2012, includes severance payments of approximately $7.9 million related to the retirement of a Company executive and approximately $3.2 million of severance
payments related to the restructuring of our subsidiary, Best, in the RVP segment.
In addition, cash requirements for income tax payments will be dependent on our level of earnings. In 2011, we had net income tax refunds of approximately
$4.6 million.
Our ABL Facility consists of a $280.0 million U.S. facility (with a $60.0 million sublimit for the issuance of U.S. standby letters of credit and a $20.0
million sublimit for U.S. swingline loans) and a $20.0 million Canadian facility. As of March 23, 2012, we had approximately $17.0 million in outstanding
borrowings and approximately $14.3 million in outstanding letters of credit under the ABL Facility and, based on the borrowing base calculations as of
February 2012, at March 23, 2012, we had excess availability of approximately $223.4 million under the ABL Facility and approximately $185.2 million of
excess availability before triggering the cash deposit requirements as discussed further below.
As noted previously, the indenture and other agreements governing our indebtedness and the indebtedness of our subsidiaries, contain certain restrictive
financial and operating covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to complete acquisitions, pay dividends,
incur indebtedness, make investments, sell assets, and take certain other corporate actions. As of December 31, 2011, we had the capacity to make certain
payments, including dividends, under the 10% Notes of approximately $25.0 million.
From time to time, we have evaluated and expect to continue to evaluate possible acquisition transactions and possible dispositions of certain of our businesses
and at any given time may be engaged in discussions or negotiations with respect to possible acquisitions or dispositions.
On April 28, 2011, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, we acquired all of the stock of TV One Broadcast Sales Corporation, Barcom (UK) Holdings
Limited and Barcom Asia Holdings, LLC (collectively, "TV One") for approximately $26.0 million. In connection with the acquisition of TV One in the
second quarter of 2011, we also incurred approximately $0.8 million of fees and expenses, which have been recorded in selling, general and administrative
expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. TV One sells a complete range of video signal processing products for the professional
audio/video and broadcast markets.
65
Table of Contents
Working Capital
Our working capital and current ratio decreased from approximately $ 330.5 million and 1.9:1 at December 31, 2010 to approximately $ 317.5 million and
1.8:1 at December 31, 2011. The decrease in working capital is primarily the result of an increase in current maturities of long-term debt due to the voluntary
repayment of $25.0 million in outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility in February 2012. The effect of changes in other working capital accounts as
described further below also contributed to the overall decrease in working capital in 2011 as compared to 2010.
Refer to - Cash Flows, - Contractual Obligations and - Adequacy of Liquidity Sources above for further discussions on the Companys working
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents increased from approximately $ 57.7 million at December 31, 2010 to approximately $ 58.2 million at December 31,
2011. We have classified as restricted, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, certain cash and cash equivalents that are not fully available for use
in our operations. At December 31, 2011, approximately $ 2.3 million (of which approximately $ 2.2 million is included in long-term assets) of cash and cash
equivalents was held primarily as collateral to fund certain benefit obligations relating to supplemental executive retirement plans.
Accounts receivable, less allowances, decreased approximately $ 6.9 million, or approximately 2.5%, between December 31, 2010 and 2011, while net sales
increased approximately $72.4 million, or approximately 15.6%, in the fourth quarter of 2011 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2010. Accounts receivable
at December 31, 2010 included approximately $22.1 million of accounts receivable related to Ergotron. As Ergotron was accounted for as if it had been
acquired on December 31, 2010, no net sales were included in the fourth quarter of 2010. Excluding the effect of Ergotron, net sales in the fourth quarter of
2011 increased approximately $20.6 million, or 4.5%, as compared to the fourth quarter of 2010. The change in accounts receivable includes a decrease of
approximately $1.3 million related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and an increase of approximately $2.5 million related to
acquisitions made in 2011. Excluding the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and acquisitions made in 2011, accounts receivable decreased
approximately $8.1 million between December 31, 2010 and 2011. The rate of change in accounts receivable in certain periods may be different than the rate of
change in sales in such periods principally due to the timing of net sales, as well as collections from our customers. Increases or decreases in net sales near the
end of any period generally result in significant changes in the amount of accounts receivable on the date of the balance sheet at the end of such
period. Accounts receivable from customers related to foreign operations decreased by approximately $10.6 million, or approximately 12.8%, between
December 31, 2010 and 2011.
Inventories decreased approximately $ 9.3 million, or approximately 3.0%, between December 31, 2010 and 2011. The change in inventories includes a
reduction of approximately $7.9 million related to non-cash amortization of the fair value of inventories, a decrease of approximately $0.9 million related to the
effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and an increase of approximately $2.8 million related to acquisitions made in 2011. Excluding the effect of
non-cash amortization, changes in foreign currency exchange rates and acquisitions, inventories decreased approximately $3.3 million between December 31,
2010 and 2011 and primarily relates to decreased purchases in the TECH and R-HVAC segments, partially offset by increased purchases in the C-HVAC
segment.
Tax claims receivable decreased approximately $8.4 million , or 45.4%, between December 31, 2010 and 2011, primarily due to the net effect of U.S. federal
tax refunds received of approximately $12.2 million, offset by additional receivables booked for Ergotron and various foreign sales tax and VAT receivables.
A portion of the refunds received in 2011 was remitted as part of the purchase price of Ergotron.
Accounts payable decreased approximately $ 14.9 million, or 8.5%, between December 31, 2010 and 2011 primarily due to decreases in the RVP, TECH and
R-HVAC segments related to decreased purchases, partially offset by increases in the C-HVAC segment related to increased purchasing in anticipation of
higher sales levels in the first quarter of 2012. The change in accounts payable at December 31, 2011 also reflects a decrease of approximately $0.8 million
related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and an increase of approximately $1.7 million related to acquisitions made in 2011.
Accrued expenses and taxes, net increased approximately $ 15.8 million, or approximately 8.2%, between December 31, 2010 and 2011 primarily as a result
of an increase in accrued severance related to the retirement of a Company executive and restructuring activity at our subsidiary, Best, in the RVP segment.
66
Table of Contents
The agreements that govern the terms of our outstanding debt, including the indentures that govern the 8.5% Notes and the 10% Notes, and the credit
agreements that govern the ABL Facility and Term Loan Facility, contain covenants that restrict our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to,
among other things:
Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the ABL Facility, we will be required to deposit cash daily from our material deposit accounts (including all
concentration accounts) into collection accounts maintained with the administrative agent under the ABL Facility, which will be used to repay outstanding
loans and cash collateralized letters of credit, if (i) excess availability (as defined in the ABL Facility) falls below the greater of $35.0 million or 15% of the
borrowing base or (ii) an event of default has occurred and is continuing. In addition, under the ABL Facility, if (i) excess availability falls below the greater of
$30.0 million or 12.5% of the borrowing base or (ii) an event of default has occurred and is continuing, we will be required to satisfy and maintain a
consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio measured on a trailing four quarter basis of not less than 1.1 to 1.0. The ABL Facility also restricts our ability to
prepay our other indebtedness, including the 10% Notes, the 8.5% Notes and the Term Loan Facility, or designate any other indebtedness as senior debt.
In addition, the indentures that govern our 8.5% Notes and 10% Notes and the credit agreement that governs the Term Loan Facility contain certain covenants
that limit our ability to designate any of our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries or permit any restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors under the
indenture from guaranteeing our debt or the debt of any of our other restricted subsidiaries. The indentures governing our 8.5% Notes and 10% Notes and the
credit agreement that governs the Term Loan Facility also restrict our ability to incur certain additional indebtedness (but does not restrict our ability to incur
indebtedness under the ABL Facility or certain other forms of permitted debt) if the fixed charge coverage ratio (FCCR) measured on a trailing four quarter
basis falls below 2.0 to 1.0. The FCCR is the ratio of the Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow, (ACCF, as described in greater detail below) to Fixed Charges
(as defined by the 8.5% Notes, 10% Notes and Term Loan Facility) for such trailing four quarter period. As of December 31, 2011, under the 8.5% Notes,
the FCCR was approximately 2.25 to 1.0.
A breach of the covenants under the indentures that govern our 8.5% Notes and 10% Notes or the credit agreements that govern the ABL Facility and Term
Loan Facility could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt and
may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, an event of default under the ABL
Facility would permit the lenders under the ABL Facility to terminate all commitments to extend further credit under that facility. Furthermore, if we were
unable to repay the amounts due and payable under our ABL Facility or Term Loan Facility, the lenders to the ABL Facility or the Term Loan Facility,
respectively, could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. In the event our lenders or noteholders accelerate the repayment of
our borrowings, we cannot provide assurance that we and our subsidiaries would have sufficient assets to repay such indebtedness.
As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all covenants under the indentures that govern the 8.5% Notes and 10% Notes and the credit
agreements that govern the ABL Facility and Term Loan Facility.
67
Table of Contents
interest expense, and, because we have borrowed money in order to finance our operations, interest expense is a necessary element of our costs and
ability to generate revenue;
depreciation and amortization expense, and, because we use capital assets, depreciation and amortization expense is a necessary element of our costs
and ability to generate revenue;
income tax expense, and because the payment of taxes is part of our operations, tax expense is a necessary element of our costs and ability to
operate; or
certain cash and non-cash, non-recurring items, and, because such non-recurring items can, at times, affect our operating results, the exclusion of
such items is a material limitation.
We present CCF because we consider it an important supplemental measure of our performance and believe it is frequently used by our investors and other
interested parties, as well as by our management, in the evaluation of companies in our industry, many of which present CCF when reporting their results. In
addition, CCF provides additional information used by our management and Board of Directors to facilitate internal comparisons to historical operating
performance of prior periods. Further, management believes that CCF facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period because it excludes
potential differences caused by variations in capital structure (affecting interest expense), tax positions (such as the impact of changes in effective tax rates or
net operating losses) and the age and book depreciation of facilities and equipment (affecting depreciation expense).
We believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to CCF applied in presenting ACCF are appropriate to provide additional information to investors
about the performance of the business, and we are required to reconcile net earnings (loss) to ACCF to demonstrate compliance with debt covenants. While the
determination of appropriate adjustments in the calculation of ACCF is subject to interpretation under the terms of the 8.5% Notes, management believes the
adjustments described below are in accordance with the covenants in the 8.5% Notes.
68
Table of Contents
The following table reconciles net (loss) earnings to CCF and ACCF for the fourth quarter of 2011 and 2010, as well as, the trailing four quarters ended
December 31, 2011 and 2010:
Interest expense
Investment income
Depreciation and amortization expense
Fourth Quarter
Trailing Four Quarters
Ended December 31,
Ended December 31,
2011
2010
2011
2010
(Amounts in millions)
(0.8) $
(10.1) $
(55.9) $
(13.4)
2.6
(3.1)
(20.3)
(11.6)
33.8
24.6
25.8
105.6
95.7
(0.1)
(0.1)
22.1
19.0
93.9
91.7
48.5 $
31.6 $
157.0 $
162.3
0.1
0.1
8.3
(3.0)
2.4
0.9
2.4
1.4
1.4
0.2
0.9
0.6
2.8
0.1
0.1
1.2
(0.3)
13.6
3.2
19.6
5.2
5.0
0.2
69.0
69
9.0
47.2
24.3
(5.1)
2.5
210.8 $
4.2
(4.2)
39.6
209.1
Table of Contents
(a) As noted earlier in this section, net loss has been impacted by the following (increases) decreases in pre-tax earnings for each period as compared to the
prior comparable period, in addition to the items in the table above, for the respective periods shown above:
(Increase) Decrease in Net Loss
Fourth Quarter
Ended December 31,
2011
2010
2011
(Amounts in millions)
2010
$
(7.9) $
(4.9) $
(8.2) $
(2.1)
Product liability expense in the RVP segment for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $4.7 million, $12.9 million and $15.0 million, respectively. For
the fourth quarters ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, product liability (income) expense in the RVP segment was approximately $(7.2) million,
$0.7 million and $5.6 million, respectively.
RVP segment
R-HVAC segment
1.8
(0.9)
1.7
(1.3)
Product liability expense (income) in the R-HVAC segment for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $1.2 million, $(0.5) million and $0.8 million,
respectively. For the fourth quarters ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, product liability income in the R-HVAC segment was approximately $0.0
million, $1.8 million and $0.9 million, respectively.
(1.7)
1.9
(1.7)
1.9
Product recall costs for the fourth quarters and years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were approximately $0.2 million, $1.9 million, and $0.0
0.1
(1.8)
3.2
(4.3)
Transaction related foreign exchange losses (other than intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in subsidiaries) for 2011, 2010 and 2009 were
approximately $4.2 million, $1.0 million, and $5.3 million, respectively, and for the fourth quarters ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were
4.9
0.8
(4.8)
(2.7)
0.8
1.4
1.4
(2.7)
(b) Amounts relate to non-recurring gains or losses, as defined in the indenture governing the 8.5% Notes. For 2011, includes, severance expense of
approximately $8.7 million related to the retirement of a Company executive, and (2) accretion of approximately $0.4 million to record leasehold fair value
adjustments. For 2010, includes, among other items, a gain of approximately $3.0 million related to the reversal of a loss contingency reserve that was
previously provided in 2009 related to one of our subsidiaries in our TECH segment.
(c) Non-cash foreign exchange losses (gains) related to intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our subsidiaries.
(d) Includes severance charges associated with reduction in workforce initiatives and charges related to the closure of certain of our facilities.
(e)
Relates to the gross amount of run-rate cost savings and synergies, as defined in the indenture governing the 8.5% Notes, relating primarily to Best in the
RVP segment. Such amounts are estimates of future cost savings and synergies resulting from actions taken in 2011, however there can be no assurance
that these cost savings and synergies will be realized in the future in the amounts estimated, or at all.
(f) Per the indenture governing the 8.5% Notes, the amount of run-rate synergies taken within any trailing four quarter period shall not exceed 10% of
adjusted consolidated cash flow, as defined, prior to giving effect to such run-rate synergies.
(g) Includes the pro-forma effect of our acquisitions of Ergotron, Luxor and TV One as if each acquisition had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter
reference period, and the pro-forma effect of our disposition of Litetouch (sold on February 17, 2012) as if the disposition had occurred on the first day of
the four-quarter reference period.
70
Table of Contents
In the fourth quarter of 2009, two of our subsidiaries in the TECH segment began shipping security products to a new customer under an agreement to
manufacture and sell these security products. Under this agreement, we recognized net sales of approximately $98.1 million and $52.1 million during 2011
and 2010, respectively. The agreement includes payment terms which are extended beyond the subsidiaries' normal payment terms. We have determined that
cash basis accounting treatment is appropriate for revenue recognition under this agreement. Accordingly, we have deferred revenue recognition on
approximately $6.3 million and $9.2 million of net sales at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and recorded the cost basis of related inventory
shipped of approximately $4.8 million and $6.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, in other current assets in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheet. In addition, included in inventory is approximately $3.5 million and $6.1 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively,
of inventory related to this customer. As only limited cash collection history was available in periods prior to December 31, 2009, we recorded loss contingency
reserves of approximately $3.0 million against cost of products sold in 2009. Based on collection experience with this customer throughout 2010, we believed
that we would be able to recover all revenue on the inventories shipped to this customer. Based on this, in the third quarter of 2010, we reversed the $3.0
million loss contingency reserve that was previously provided against cost of products sold in 2009.
During the fourth quarter of 2011, the customer made approximately $13.3 million of delinquent payments that were scheduled to be received in the third
quarter of 2011. In the fourth quarter, the customer notified us of a product recall issue related to certain products that we provided to the customer who in turn
sold such products to third parties. We have agreed to reimburse the customer approximately $4.5 million for the cost of this recall, and this amount was
charged to earnings in 2011. We made approximately $4.2 million in progress payments to the customer for the product recall in the fourth quarter of 2011,
including approximately $1.3 million which was withheld by the customer from a payment made in December. As of December 31, 2011, the customer owed
us $6.3 million, substantially all of which was received in the first quarter of 2012. In the first quarter of 2012, our subsidiaries entered into an amended
agreement with this customer to manufacture and sell products through December 31, 2012. We expect to sell approximately $40 million to $50 million of
security products during 2012 to this customer. We will work towards maintaining a longer ongoing relationship beyond 2012, but we cannot offer any
assurance that we will be successful. We will continue to closely monitor the situation with this customer. As we record revenue on the cash basis of
accounting for this customer, the failure to receive scheduled payments in the future would result in a corresponding reduction to our revenue and cost of goods
sold.
From time to time, we have evaluated and expect to continue to evaluate possible acquisition transactions and the possible dispositions of certain of our
businesses, and at any given time we may be engaged in discussions or negotiations with respect to possible acquisitions or dispositions.
The demand for our products is seasonal, particularly in the Northeast and Midwest regions of the United States where inclement weather during the winter
months usually reduces the level of building and remodeling activity in both the home improvement and new construction markets. Our lower sales levels
usually occur during the first and fourth quarters. Since a high percentage of our manufacturing overhead and operating expenses are relatively fixed
throughout the year, operating income and net earnings tend to be lower in quarters with lower sales levels. In addition, the demand for cash to fund the
working capital needs of our subsidiaries is greater from late in the first quarter until early in the fourth quarter.
71
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately 6.5% and 5.3%, respectively, of our workforce was subject to various collective bargaining agreements.
A work stoppage at one of our facilities could cause us to lose sales, incur increased costs and adversely affect our ability to meet customers needs. A plant
shutdown or a substantial modification to a collective bargaining agreement could result in material gains or losses or the recognition of an asset impairment.
As agreements expire and until negotiations are completed, we do not know whether we will be able to negotiate collective bargaining agreements on the same or
more favorable terms as the current agreements or at all and without production interruptions, including labor stoppages.
Market Risk
As discussed more specifically below, we are exposed to market risks related to changes in interest rates, foreign currencies and commodity pricing. We do not
use derivative financial instruments, except on a limited basis, to periodically mitigate certain economic exposures. We do not enter into derivative financial
instruments or other financial instruments for trading purposes.
A.
We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates primarily through our investing and borrowing activities. In addition, our ability to finance future
acquisition transactions may be impacted if we are unable to obtain appropriate financing at acceptable interest rates.
Our investing strategy, to manage interest rate exposure, is to invest in short-term, highly liquid investments and marketable securities. Short-term investments
primarily consist of federal agency discount notes, treasury bills and bank issued money market instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less. At
December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of our unrestricted and restricted investments and marketable securities was not materially different from their
cost basis.
We manage our borrowing exposure to changes in interest rates by optimizing the use of fixed rate debt with extended maturities. At December 31, 2011 and
2010, approximately 66.3% and 91.8%, respectively, of the carrying value of our long-term debt was at fixed interest rates. The remaining portion of our longterm debt was at variable interest rates. Based upon interest rates in effect at December 31, 2011, an overall unfavorable change in interest rates of 100 basis
points would result in an additional charge to interest expense of approximately $3.9 million.
See the table set forth in item D (Long-term Debt) below and Note 8, Notes, Mortgage Notes and Obligations Payable , to the consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this report for further disclosure of the terms of our debt.
B.
Our results of operations are affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar as compared to the value of currencies in foreign markets primarily related
to changes in the Euro, the Canadian Dollar, the British Pound and Chinese Renminbi. In 2011 and 2010, the net impact of changes in foreign currency
exchange rates was not material to our financial condition or results of operations. The impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates related to
translation resulted in a decrease in stockholders investment of approximately $1.6 million for 2011, an increase in stockholders investment of
approximately $1.6 million for 2010, an increase in stockholders investment of approximately $0.7 million for the 2009 Successor period and an increase in
stockholders investment of approximately $8.0 million for the 2009 Predecessor period. The impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates related to
transactions resulted in an increase in foreign exchange losses recorded in SG&A of approximately $4.7 million for 2011 as compared to 2010 and resulted in
a decrease in foreign exchange losses recorded in SG&A of approximately $3.9 million for 2010 as compared to 2009.
We manage our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk principally by trying to minimize our net investment in foreign assets,
72
Table of Contents
C.
We are subject to significant market risk with respect to the pricing of our principal raw materials, which include, among others, steel, copper, aluminum,
plate mirror glass, various chemicals, paints, plastics, motors and compressors. If prices of these raw materials were to increase dramatically, we may not be
able to pass such increases on to customers and, as a result, gross margins could decline significantly. We manage our exposure to commodity pricing risk by
continuing to diversify our product mix, strategic buying programs and vendor partnering.
We generally do not enter into derivative financial instruments to manage commodity-pricing exposure. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we did not have any
material outstanding commodity forward contracts.
D.
Long-term Debt
The table that follows sets forth our long-term debt obligations (excluding approximately $16.3 million of debt discount), principal cash flows by scheduled
maturity, weighted average interest rates and estimated fair market values. Less than 1% of our total long-term indebtedness is denominated in foreign
currencies. The weighted average interest rates for variable rate debt are based on December 31, 2011 interest rates.
Long-term Debt:
Year-Ending
December 31, 2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
Thereafter
Scheduled Maturity
Variable
Fixed Rate
Rate
Total
(Dollar amounts in millions)
$
2.1 $
30.4 $
32.5
4.7
3.8
8.5
2.0
3.8
5.8
1.8
20.8
22.6
0.1
3.8
3.9
755.6
330.6
1,086.2
$
766.3 $
393.2 $ 1,159.5
676.3
393.2
Weighted Average
Interest Rate
Fixed Rate
7.2%
6.4
Variable
Rate
3.2%
Total
3.5%
5.8
5.9
7.4
5.1
5.1
7.5
6.0
9.0
9.0%
3.3
3.7
5.1
5.2
5.0%
5.1
7.9
7.6%
$ 1,069.5
(1) Includes our 8.5% Notes with a total principal amount of approximately $500.0 million, our 10% Notes with a total principal amount of
approximately $250.0 million, outstanding borrowings under our ABL Facility of approximately $42.0 million, and remaining outstanding
borrowings under our Term Loan Facility of approximately $347.4 million.
(2) We determined the fair market value of our 10% Senior Notes due 2018 and 8.5% Senior Notes due 2021 using available market quotes. For our
remaining outstanding indebtedness (including outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility and Term Loan Facility), we assumed that the
carrying value of such indebtedness approximated the fair value based upon the variable interest rates associated with certain of these debt obligations
and our estimated credit risk.
See Liquidity and Capital Resources and Note 8, Notes, Mortgage Notes and Obligations Payable , to the consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this report for further information concerning our outstanding debt obligations.
73
Table of Contents
ITEM 7A.
Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk are set forth in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations - Market Risk".
ITEM 8.
Financial statements and supplementary data required by this Item 8 are set forth at the pages indicated in Item 15(a), including exhibits, of Part IV of this
report, incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 9.
Not applicable.
ITEM 9A.
disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act and such information is accumulated and communicated to
management to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION.
None.
74
Table of Contents
ITEM 10.
See Election of Directors in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Company's 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
See Executive Compensation in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Company's 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12.
See Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Company's 2012 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders, incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13.
See Certain Relationships and Related Transactions in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Company's 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, incorporated
herein by reference.
ITEM 14.
See Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Company's 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, incorporated
herein by reference.
75
Table of Contents
ITEM 15.
76
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 29, 2012 .
NORTEK, INC.
/s/ Michael J. Clarke
Michael J. Clarke
Chief Executive Officer and President
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and
in the capacities indicated, as of March 29, 2012 .
77
Table of Contents
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Successor years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Successor period from December 20, 2009
to December 31, 2009 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2009 to December 19, 2009
Successor Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Successor years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Successor period from December 20,
2009 to December 31, 2009 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2009 to December 19, 2009
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Investment (Deficit) for the Successor years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Successor period
from December 20, 2009 to December 31, 2009 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2009 to December 19, 2009
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
F- 1
F- 2
F- 3
F- 5
F- 7
F- 11
F- 76
Table of Contents
Net Sales
2,140.5
1,567.8
464.8
1,391.8
399.9
44.8
37.0
2,077.4
63.1
1,828.7
70.6
(105.6)
(33.8)
0.1
(3.70)
(3.70)
15,122,976
15,122,976
44.0
0.1
(25.0)
(25.0)
(11.6)
(13.4) $
1,763.9
1,266.0
372.6
22.5
284.0
22.2
1,967.3
(1.2)
(203.4)
(3.6)
(135.6)
0.2
(4.8)
(338.8)
619.1
(4.8)
(1.4)
280.3
(3.4)
85.0
195.3
(0.89) $
(0.23)
65,100.00
(0.89) $
(0.23)
65,100.00
15,000,000
15,000,000
15,000,000
15,000,000
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F- 2
35.2
8.5
1.5
45.2
(95.7)
(76.2)
(76.2)
(20.3)
(55.9) $
1,899.3
3,000
3,000
Table of Contents
2011
2010
(Amounts in millions)
Assets
Current Assets:
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
58.2
0.1
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $5.2 million and $4.9 million, respectively
Inventories:
Raw materials
Work in process
Finished goods
0.1
280.8
273.9
90.9
31.2
182.1
92.9
24.3
196.3
313.5
15.9
13.8
18.5
16.9
717.2
304.2
22.0
13.5
10.1
38.7
720.7
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets
Tax refunds receivable
Prepaid income taxes
57.7
18.0
76.8
198.0
292.8
81.6
211.2
18.2
76.0
185.4
279.6
305.6
292.1
659.2
20.2
2.2
20.8
695.0
12.2
44.1
235.5
Other Assets:
Goodwill
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization of $83.0 million and $38.2 million,
respectively
Deferred debt expense
Restricted investments and marketable securities
Other assets
2.4
1,008.0
Total Assets
1,939.9
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F- 3
16.7
1,018.4
1,971.1
Table of Contents
2011
2010
(Amounts in millions, except shares data)
Current Liabilities:
1.3
32.1
160.8
209.0
403.2
8.6
7.7
1.5
175.7
193.2
386.7
Other Liabilities:
137.4
207.8
345.2
152.7
171.1
1,111.1
1,101.8
323.8
Stockholders' Investment:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 authorized shares; none issued and
outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 90,000,000 authorized shares; 15,204,189 shares
issued and 15,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and
2010, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
Less: Treasury stock at cost, 74,950 shares at December 31, 2011
Total stockholders' investment
0.1
176.9
(72.7)
(20.8)
(3.1)
80.4
1,939.9
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F- 4
0.1
174.7
(16.8)
0.8
158.8
1,971.1
Table of Contents
(55.9) $
(13.4)
91.7
2.1
6.2
2.8
1.7
(0.2)
Predecessor
Jan. 1, 2009 Dec. 19, 2009
195.3
57.7
45.5
(539.9)
42.6
(131.0)
284.0
2.8
0.1
65.2
1.0
(20.8)
(18.8)
(1.3)
7.5
1.8
(9.6)
13.4
(0.4)
(23.4)
5.6
3.9
44.9
(13.5)
(13.1)
(3.7)
(0.8)
(12.5)
(14.0)
(5.4)
(173.9)
21.4
(7.1)
(15.8)
32.7
2.1
136.8
80.9 $
2.8
22.5
(4.0)
(5.6)
60.3
46.9 $
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F- 5
(3.4)
93.9
6.0
33.8
Successor
Jan. 1, 2010 Dec. 20, 2009 Dec. 31, 2010
Dec. 31, 2009
(Amounts in millions)
10.2
6.8
Table of Contents
(21.1) $
(30.9)
(5.3)
1.3
0.2
0.1
(55.7) $
(19.8) $
(285.2)
0.4
1.2
0.6
(0.2)
(17.9)
(14.1)
2.2
(1.2)
(2.9)
(33.9)
(0.1)
0.3
(4.1)
500.0
133.1 $
(149.1)
348.2
(753.3)
(4.1)
0.2
82.8
(140.3)
(59.6)
250.0
(9.5)
(2.7)
0.2
(24.7)
(303.4)
(0.5)
Predecessor
Jan. 1, 2009 Dec. 19, 2009
0.1
0.5
224.6
(31.9)
57.7
89.6
58.2
57.7
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F- 6
(3.8)
64.7
(143.8)
2.9
(83.0)
(95.5)
86.7
182.2
89.6
86.7
Table of Contents
Accumulated
In Capital
Deficit
Common Stock
0.1
174.7
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
(Amounts in millions)
(16.8) $
(55.9)
0.8
Treasury
Comprehensive Loss
Stock
(1.6)
(20.0)
(55.9)
(20.0)
Comprehensive loss
(1.6)
0.5
(20.8)
0.1
1.7
176.9
(72.7)
(3.1)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F- 7
(3.1)
(77.5)
Table of Contents
Accumulated Other
Common Stock
Accumulated
Deficit
Comprehensive Income
(Loss)
Comprehensive (Loss)
Income
(Amounts in millions)
171.9
0.1
(13.4)
(3.4)
1.5
1.6
(2.3)
0.1
2.8
174.7
(16.8)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F- 8
0.8
(13.4)
1.6
(2.3)
Comprehensive loss
(14.1)
Table of Contents
Common Stock
Retained Earnings
(Accumulated
Accumulated Other
Deficit)
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive (Loss)
Income
(Amounts in millions)
171.9
0.1
(3.4)
0.7
0.8
0.1
171.9
(3.4)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F- 9
1.5
(3.4)
0.7
0.8
Comprehensive loss
(1.9)
Table of Contents
Common Stock
(Accumulated
Deficit) Retained
Earnings
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income
Comprehensive (Loss)
Income
(Amounts in millions)
416.7
(612.1) $
195.3
(24.4)
195.3
8.0
8.0
4.8
Comprehensive income
Share-based compensation expense
Elimination of historical equity
0.1
(416.8)
0.1
171.9
0.1
171.9
416.8
11.6
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F- 10
4.8
208.1
Table of Contents
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Nortek, Inc. (Nortek) and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, collectively the Company, is a diversified manufacturer of innovative, branded
residential and commercial building products, operating within four reporting segments (see Note 12, Segment Information and Concentration of
Credit Risk). Through these segments, the Company manufactures and sells, primarily in the United States, Canada and Europe, a wide variety of
products for the remodeling and replacement markets, the residential and commercial new construction markets, the manufactured housing market and
the personal and enterprise computer markets.
On December 17, 2009 (the Effective Date), the Company emerged from bankruptcy proceedings under Chapter 11 (Chapter 11) of the United States
Bankruptcy Code (the Bankruptcy Code). In connection with the Company's emergence from bankruptcy, as discussed further in Note 2,
Reorganization under Chapter 11", the Company adopted fresh-start reporting pursuant to the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification
(ASC) 852, Reorganization (ASC 852). The Company selected December 19, 2009 as the fresh-start reporting date since it was the closest fiscal
week-end to the Effective Date of December 17, 2009 and the effect of using December 19, 2009, instead of December 17, 2009, was not material to the
Companys financial condition or results of operations for the periods presented. ASC 852 requires the implementation of fresh-start reporting if the
reorganization value of the assets of the entity that emerges from Chapter 11 is less than the sum of the post-petition liabilities and allowed claims, and
holders of voting shares immediately before confirmation of the plan of reorganization receive less than 50 percent of the voting shares of the emerging
entity. Under fresh-start reporting, a new reporting entity is deemed to be created and the assets and liabilities of the entity are reflected at their fair values.
Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements for the reporting entity subsequent to emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings are not
comparable to the consolidated financial statements for the reporting entity prior to emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings. References to the
Successor refer to the Company subsequent to the fresh-start reporting date and references to the Predecessor refer to the Company prior to the freshstart reporting date.
In addition, ASC 852 requires that financial statements, for periods including and subsequent to a Chapter 11 bankruptcy filing, distinguish between
transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization proceedings and transactions and events associated with the ongoing operations
of the business, as well as additional disclosures. Effective October 21, 2009, expenses, gains and losses directly associated with the reorganization
proceedings are reported as gain on reorganization items, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the Predecessor period from
January 1, 2009 to December 19, 2009. The Company, when used in reference to the period subsequent to emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy
proceedings, refers to the Successor, and when used in reference to periods prior to emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings, refers to the
Predecessor. In addition, results for the period from December 20, 2009 to December 31, 2009 are referred to as the 2009 Successor Period, and results
for the period from January 1, 2009 to December 19, 2009 are referred to as the 2009 Predecessor Period. For further information regarding the
Companys filing under and emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings and the adoption of fresh-start accounting, see Note 2,
Reorganization Under Chapter 11, and Note 3, Fresh-Start Accounting.
The accompanying Successor and Predecessor consolidated financial statements reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of
Nortek and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions. Certain amounts in the prior years
consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
F- 11
Table of Contents
As a result of the Reorganization, approximately $1.3 billion of debt was eliminated. On December 29, 2009, the Bankruptcy Court closed the
bankruptcy cases for Norteks subsidiaries and on March 31, 2010, closed the bankruptcy case for Nortek. On December 17, 2009 (the Effective
Date), the Company emerged from bankruptcy as a reorganized company with a new capital structure as follows:
New 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2013. On the Effective Date, the Company issued a total principal amount of $753.3 million in 11%
Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the 11% Notes) to the former holders of the Predecessor's 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the
Predecessor 10% Notes). As discussed in Note 8, Notes, Mortgage Notes and Obligations Payable , during 2011, the Company
redeemed the 11% Notes with the net proceeds from the 8.5% Senior Notes due 2021 and a new senior secured term loan.
New ABL Facility. On the Effective Date, the Company executed a $250.0 million asset-based revolving credit facility, which terminates in
2015, with a group of lenders. In March 2010, the asset-based revolving credit facility was increased to $300.0 million (the ABL Facility). See
Note 8, Notes, Mortgage Notes and Obligations Payable.
Common Stock and Warrants. On the Effective Date, the Company issued 15,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share
("New Common Stock") and issued warrants that may be exercised for a period of five years to purchase 789,474 shares of common stock at
an exercise price of $52.80 per share to the former holders of the Predecessor's 10% Notes, 8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the 8
1/2% Notes) and 9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011 (the 9 7/8% Notes), and to the former holders of NTK Holdings, Inc.'s 10
3/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 and certain unsecured senior loans issued by NTK Holdings, including certain of our directors and
executive officers.
Restricted Stock . On the Effective Date, the Company granted 710,731 shares of restricted common stock to certain of the Company's executive
officers. These shares are eligible to vest in annual installments based upon the achievement of specified levels of adjusted earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), as defined in the applicable award agreement, for each of our 2010, 2011, 2012 and
2013 fiscal years. S ee Note 9, Share-Based Compensation.
Options to Purchase Common Stock . On the Effective Date, the Company granted options to purchase 710,731 shares of common stock each
at an exercise price of $17.50 per share. These stock options were issued to certain of the Company's executive officers and directors and vest at
the rate of 20% on each anniversary of the grant date, beginning with the first anniversary of the grant date, with 100% vesting upon the fifth
anniversary of the grant date, and, unless terminated earlier, expire on the tenth anniversary of the grant date. See Note 9, Share-Based
Compensation .
F- 12
Table of Contents
The Predecessors common stock was extinguished, and no distributions were made to the Predecessors former shareholders;
The Predecessors 10% Notes, 8 1/2% Notes and 9 7/8% Notes were cancelled, and the indentures governing such debt securities were
terminated (other than for purposes of allowing holders of each of the notes to receive distributions under the Prepackaged Plans and allowing the
trustees to exercise certain rights);
The Predecessors pre-petition five-year $350.0 million senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (the Predecessor ABL Facility) was
paid in full and terminated; and
The Predecessors net intercompany accounts with its former parent entities were cancelled.
For further information regarding the resolution of the Companys pre-petition liabilities in accordance with the Prepackaged Plans, see Note 3, FreshStart Accounting Liabilities Subject to Compromise .
3. FRESH-START ACCOUNTING
Reorganization Value
The Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Prepackaged Plans that included a range of enterprise values from $1.0 billion to $1.3 billion (the Enterprise Value
Range) and a range of reorganized equity values from $172.0 million to $472.0 million (the Equity Value Range), as set forth in the disclosure
statement relating to the Prepackaged Plans (the Disclosure Statement). The Enterprise Value Range was determined using a combination of three
valuation methodologies, which included (i) comparable public company analysis, (ii) precedent transaction analysis and (iii) discounted cash flow
analysis, to arrive at the overall Enterprise Value Range included in the Disclosure Statement. The Equity Value Range was determined by deducting the
projected fair value of the Successors debt as of the Effective Date from the Enterprise Value Range to arrive at the overall Equity Value Range included in
the Disclosure Statement.
The comparable public company an alysis examined the value of comparable companies as a multiple of their key operating statistics and then applied a
range of multiples to the projected 2009 and 2010 EBITDA of the Company, which were determined to be the most relevant operating statistics for
analyzing the comparable companies. The range of multiples applied to 2009 EBITDA was 7.0x to 9.0x and for 2010 EBITDA was 6.0x to 8.0x. A key
factor to the public company analysis was the selection of companies with relatively similar business and operational characteristics to the Company. The
criteria for selecting comparable companies included, among other relevant characteristics, lines of business, key business drivers, growth prospects,
maturity of businesses, market presence and brands, size and scale of operations.
The precedent transaction analysis estimated enterprise value by examining public merger and acquisition transactions that involved companies similar to
Nortek. An analysis of the disclosed purchase price as a multiple of various operating statistics determined industry acquisition multiples for companies
in similar lines of business to the Company. The transaction multiples were calculated based on the purchase price, including any debt assumed, paid to
acquire companies that were comparable to the Company. The precedent transaction analysis used multiples based on the latest twelve months (LTM)
EBITDA for analyzing the group of precedent transactions. The derived multiples were then applied to the Companys LTM EBITDA to perform the
precedent transaction analysis. The transaction multiples used ranged from 6.6x to 8.3x.
The discounted cash flow analysis discounted the expected future cash flows by a discount rate that was determined by estimating the average cost of debt
and equity for the Company based upon the analysis of similar publicly traded companies. The discount rates used ranged from 13.0% to 15.0%. The
discounted cash flow analysis included two components to the valuation. The first component was the calculation of the present value of the projected unlevered after-tax free cash flows for the years ending December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2014 and the second component was the present value of
the terminal value of the cash flows, which was estimated by (i) assuming a perpetuity growth rate, which ranged from 2.0% to 4.0%, for the cash flows
beyond the projection period or (ii) applying a terminal EBITDA multiple, which ranged from 6.0x
F- 13
Table of Contents
The Enterprise Value Range and Equity Value Range submitted to the Bankruptcy Court in the Disclosure Statement on October 21, 2009 were based on
a variety of estimates and assumptions, including the projections of both EBITDA and free cash flow for future periods, EBITDA multiples, discount
rates and terminal growth rates, among others. The Company considered the estimates and assumptions used to be reasonable although they are inherently
subject to uncertainty and a wide variety of significant business, economic and competitive risks beyond the Companys control. In addition, had the
Company used different estimates and assumptions, such different estimates and assumptions may have resulted in a material change to the Enterprise
Value Range and the Equity Value Range. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the estimates, assumptions and financial projections used to
determine the Enterprise Value Range and the Equity Value Range will be realized and the actual results could be materially different.
The Company determined the reorganization value in accordance with fresh-start accounting under ASC 852 as follows:
(Amounts in millions)
Enterprise Value attributed to Nortek
Plus: Estimated excess cash at Effective Date (excluding approximately $45.0 million used to repay the Predecessor
ABL Facility at emergence)
Liabilities (excluding debt)
1,000.0
61.2
582.2
1,643.4
(753.3)
(90.0)
Subsidiary debt
Liabilities (excluding debt)
(45.9)
(582.2)
172.0
Based on the general economic and market conditions in place as of the Effective Date and the above analysis, the Company determined that the low end
of the Enterprise Value Range and Equity Value Range were the appropriate values to use in the determination of reorganization value. The Company used
$45.0 million of available cash and $90.0 million borrowed under the ABL Facility to repay the Predecessor ABL Facility on the Effective Date. The
Company estimated that an additional $61.2 million of excess cash would have been available for further debt reduction and therefore should be included
in the determination of the reorganization value.
Fresh-start accounting requires adjusting the historical net book value of assets and liabilities to fair value in accordance with ASC 805, Busine ss
Combinations (ASC 805). The Companys estimates of fair value are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies beyond the
Companys reasonable control. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the estimates, assumptions, valuations, appraisals and financial projections
will be realized, and actual results could vary materially.
The excess of reorganization value over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. Liabilities existing as of the
Effective Date, other than deferred taxes, were recorded at their estimated fair value. Deferred taxes were determined in conformity with applicable income
tax accounting standards. Predecessor accumulated depreciation, accumulated amortization, retained deficit, common stock and accumulated other
comprehensive loss were eliminated.
F- 14
Table of Contents
Adjustments recorded to the Predecessor balance sheet as of December 19, 2009 resulting from the consummation of the Prepackaged Plans, and the
adoption of fresh-start accounting, are summarized below:
Predecessor
Reorganization
Fresh Start
Successor
Adjustments(a)
Adjustments(h)
(Amounts in millions)
ASSETS:
Current Assets:
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
137.8
262.3
Inventories
251.4
Prepaid expenses
18.6
16.1
10.4
Goodwill
112.7
8.7
2.4
(b)
262.3
281.6
15.2
45.4
53.4
18.6
16.1
25.6
692.8
245.2
154.8
538.0
4.1
2.4
6.1
705.4
1,643.4
17.3
425.3
658.7
1,549.0
(55.7)
152.3
(135.0)
(b)
(b)
(4.6)
86.7
1.9
30.2
(374.0)
(4.6) (b),(c)
6.1
Other assets
(51.1)
(51.1)
698.5
191.8
528.8
Total Assets
1.9
Restricted cash
51.3
150.1
Accounts payable
137.5
25.0
180.2
481.5
(112.0)
86.2
6.6
92.8
152.4
(2.5)
835.4
7.4
Long-term debt
4.1
(2.0)
(b)
32.4
4.1
137.5
178.2
369.5
Other Liabilities:
27.9
145.8
173.7
114.1
266.5
818.3 (b),(d)
(1,465.2) (d)
19.6
1,465.2
416.8
(416.8)
(f)
Accumulated deficit
(996.2)
948.0
(g)
(11.6)
(591.0)
703.2
0.1
(d),(e)
171.9
(d),(e)
48.2
11.6
59.8
0.1
171.9
172.0
1,549.0
F- 15
(55.7)
150.1
1,643.4
(i)
Table of Contents
(a) Represents amounts recorded as of the Effective Date for the consummation of the Prepackaged Plans, including the settlement of liabilities subject to
compromise, the satisfaction of the Predecessor ABL Facility, the incurrence of new indebtedness, the issuance of the New Common Stock, and the
cancellation of the Predecessor common stock.
(b) This adjustment reflects the net cash payments recorded as of the Effective Date as follows:
(Amounts in millions)
90.0
(4.1)
85.9
(137.0)
(51.1)
Subsequent to December 19, 2009, the Company voluntarily repaid $25.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility and
accordingly, has classified such amount as current in the December 19, 2009 Successor balance sheet.
(c) Adjustments to deferred debt expense consist of the following:
(Amounts in millions)
(8.7)
4.1
(4.6)
$
(d) This adjustment reflects the settlement of liabilities subject to compromise (see Liabilities Subject to Compromise below).
(Amounts in millions)
1)
2)
(1,465.2)
753.3
172.0
(539.9)
F- 16
Table of Contents
A reconciliation of the reorganization value to the value of the New Common Stock (including additional paid in capital) as of the Effective Date,
which is based on the low end of the Enterprise Value Range and Equity Value Range included in the Disclosure Statement, is as follows:
(Amounts in millions)
1,000.0
61.2
582.2
1,643.4
(753.3)
(90.0)
Subsidiary debt
Liabilities (excluding debt)
f)
g)
This adjustment reflects the cumulative impact of the reorganization adjustments discussed above:
(45.9)
(582.2)
172.0
(Amounts in millions)
$
h)
539.9
416.8
(8.7)
948.0
Represents the adjustment of assets and liabilities to fair value, or other measurement as specified by ASC 805, in conjunction with the adoption of
fresh-start accounting. Significant adjustments are summarized below:
(Amounts in millions)
(528.8)
154.8
(112.7)
538.0
30.2
53.4
0.4
(4.3)
131.0
(82.8)
F- 17
48.2
Table of Contents
1)
Intangible assets This adjustment reflects the fair value of intangible assets determined as of the Effective Date. Fair value amounts were
estimated based, in part, on third party valuations.
In connection with the adoption of fresh-start accounting, intangible assets were recorded at their estimated fair value, which was based, in
part, on third party valuations, as of December 19, 2009. Intangible assets consist principally of trademarks, developed technology
(unpatented and patented), customer relationships, and other (which includes, among others, non-compete and supplier agreements and
backlog). The value assigned to the Company's trademarks and developed technology was based on the relief from royalty method using
estimated royalty rates that a willing buyer would pay for the use of the trademark or identified technology. The fair value was calculated
by discounting future cash flows or royalties at the required rate of return to present value as of December 19, 2009. The value assigned to
the Company's customer relationships was based on the multi-period excess earnings method which estimated the fair value of the asset by
discounting future projected earnings of the asset to present value as of December 19, 2009. Key assumptions used in these valuation
methods include: management's projections of revenues, expenses and cash flows for future years; an estimated weighted average cost of
capital, depending on the reporting unit and nature of the asset, ranging from 12.3% to 17.2%; an internal rate of return, depending on the
reporting unit and nature of the asset, ranging from 12.7% to 16.6%, an assumed discount rate, depending on the reporting unit and nature
of the asset, ranging from 13.8% to 18.5%, and a tax rate, depending on the reporting unit, ranging from approximately 37.0% to 39.0%.
Accordingly, the fair values are based on estimates which are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and actual results could vary
significantly from these estimates.
2)
Inventory This amount adjusts inventory to fair value as of the Effective Date. Raw materials were valued at current replacement cost,
work-in-process was valued at estimated finished goods selling price less estimated disposal costs, completion costs and a reasonable profit
allowance for completion and selling effort. Finished goods were valued at estimated selling price less estimated disposal costs and a
reasonable profit allowance for selling effort. In addition, all LIFO inventory reserves were eliminated.
3)
Property and equipment, net This amount adjusts property and equipment, net to fair value as of the Effective Date, giving
consideration to the highest and best use of the assets. Fair value amounts were estimated based, in part, on third party valuations. Key
assumptions used in the appraisals were based on a combination of income, market and cost approaches, as appropriate.
4)
5) Calculated as follows:
(Amounts in millions)
(15.2)
86.2
4.5
7.3
82.8
The increases in the prepaid income taxes and deferred income taxes represent the deferred income tax consequences of the fresh-start
accounting adjustments, including the impact of the basis difference between tax deductible and book goodwill, and the elimination of
certain deferred tax valuation allowances that are no longer required due to the overall increase in net deferred tax liabilities as a result of the
fresh-start adjustments. The increase in the long-term tax liability reflects the impact of fresh-start accounting on required tax reserves. The
deferred tax portion of the accumulated other comprehensive loss reflects the elimination of deferred taxes on pension adjustments included
in accumulated other comprehensive loss in connection with fresh-start accounting.
F- 18
Table of Contents
i)
A reconciliation of the reorganization value of the Successor assets and goodwill is shown below:
(Amounts in millions)
Reorganization value
Less:
Successor assets (excluding goodwill and after giving effect to
fresh-start accounting adjustments)
1,643.4
(1,488.6)
154.8
750.0
625.0
10.0
37.2
43.0
1,465.2
In conjunction with the Companys emergence from bankruptcy in 2009, the Company recorded a pre-tax gain on reorganization items, net of
approximately $619.1 million related to its reorganization proceedings and the impact o f adopting fresh-start accounting. A summary of this net pre-tax
gain for the 2009 Predecessor Period is as follows:
(Amounts in millions)
(33.9)
(8.7)
539.9
497.3
(9.2)
488.1
131.0
619.1
F- 19
Table of Contents
4.
The preparation of these consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles involves estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of income and expense during the reporting periods. Certain of the Companys accounting policies require the
application of judgment in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an
inherent degree of uncertainty. The Company periodically evaluates the judgments and estimates used for its critical accounting policies to ensure that
such judgments and estimates are reasonable for its interim and year-end reporting requirements. These judgments and estimates are based on the
Companys historical experience, current trends and information available from other sources, as appropriate. If different conditions result from those
assumptions used in the Companys judgments, the results could be materially different from the Companys estimates.
Recognition of Sales and Related Costs, Incentives and Allowances
The Company generally recognizes sales upon the shipment of its products, net of applicable provisions for discounts and allowances. Allowances for
cash discounts, volume rebates and other customer incentive programs, as well as gross customer returns, among others, are recorded as a reduction of
sales at the time of sale based upon the estimated future outcome. Cash discounts, volume rebates, and other customer incentive programs are based upon
certain percentages agreed to with the Companys various customers, which are typically earned by the customer over an annual period. The Company
records periodic estimates for these amounts based upon the historical results to date, estimated future results through the end of the contract period and
the contractual provisions of the customer agreements. For calendar year customer agreements, the Company is able to adjust its periodic estimates to
actual amounts as of December 31 each year based upon the contractual provisions of the customer agreements. For those customers who have agreements
that are not on a calendar year cycle, the Company records estimates at December 31 consistent with the above described methodology. Customers are
generally not required to provide collateral for purchases. Customer returns are recorded on an actual basis throughout the year and also include an
estimate at the end of each reporting period for future customer returns related to sales recorded prior to the end of the period. The Company generally
estimates customer returns based upon the time lag that historically occurs between the date of the sale and the date of the return while also factoring in
any new business conditions that might impact the historical analysis, such as new product introduction. The Company also provides for its estimate of
warranty, bad debts and shipping costs at the time of sale. Shipping and warranty costs are included in cost of products sold ("COGS"). Bad debt
provisions are included in selling, general and administrative expense, net ("SG&A"). The amounts recorded are generally based upon historically
derived percentages while also factoring in any new business conditions that might impact the historical analysis, such as new product introductions for
warranty and customer bankruptcies for bad debts.
The Company has classified as restricted in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet certain cash and cash equivalents that are not fully available
for use in its operations. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had cash and cash equivalents pledged as collateral or held in pension trusts for
certain debt, insurance, employee benefits and other requirements of approximately $ 2.3 million (of which approximately $ 2.2 million is included in longterm assets) and approximately $ 2.5 million (of which approximately $ 2.4 million is included in long-term assets), respectively.
F- 20
Table of Contents
Fair Value
The Companys assets and liabilities recorded at fair value have been categorized based upon a fair value hierarchy in accordance with ASC 820, "Fair
Value Measurements and Disclosures". The levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:
Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at
the measurement date.
Level 2 inputs utilize inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.
Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable
for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.
Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, allowing for situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or
liability.
Cash and Trade Receivables -- Cash and trade receivables are carried at their cost which approximates fair value because of their short-term
nature.
Long-Term Debt -- At December 31, 2011, the fair value of the Company's long-term indebtedness was approximately $90.0 million lower than the
amount on the Company's accompanying consolidated balance sheet, before unamortized discount of approximately $16.3 million. At December 31,
2010, the fair value of the Companys long-term indebtedness was approximately $57.1 million higher than the amount on the Company's
accompanying consolidated balance sheet, before unamortized discount of approximately $2.0 million. The Company determined the fair market
value of its 10% Senior Notes due 2018 and 8.5% Senior Notes due 2021 using available market quotes. For the Company's remaining outstanding
indebtedness (including outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility and Term Loan Facility), the Company assumed that the carrying value of
such indebtedness approximated the fair value based upon the variable interest rates associated with certain of these debt obligations and the
Company's estimated credit risk.
During the 2009 Predecessor Period, the Technology Products ("TECH") reporting unit goodwill was written down to its implied fair value of
approximately $68.9 million. This resulted in a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of approximately $284.0 million, which was included in the
consolidated statement of operations for the 2009 Predecessor Period.
The TECH reporting units assets itemized below were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the 2009 Predecessor Period using a
combination of the discounted cash flow ("DCF") approach and the EBITDA Multiple Approach:
Fair Value
Measurement
Goodwill
68.9
Assets (Level 1)
F- 21
Significant Other
Significant Unobservable
2)
(Amounts in millions)
Inputs (Level 3)
68.9
Total Impaired
Losses
284.0
Table of Contents
In connection with both LIFO and FIFO inventories, the Company records provisions, as appropriate, to write-down obsolete and excess inventory to
estimated net realizable value. The process for evaluating obsolete and excess inventory often requires the Company to make subjective judgments and
estimates concerning future sales levels, quantities, and prices at which such inventory will be able to be sold in the normal course of business.
Accelerating the disposal process or incorrect estimates of future sales potential may cause the actual results to differ from the estimates at the time such
inventory is disposed or sold.
Purchase price allocated to the fair value of inventory is amortized over the estimated period in which the inventory will be sold.
3 - 46 years
1 - 17 years
Shorter of the term of lease or the estimated useful life
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred. Expenditures for renewals and betterments are capitalized. When assets are sold, or
otherwise disposed, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated and the resulting gain or loss is recognized.
F- 22
Table of Contents
The following table presents a summary of the activity in goodwill by reporting segment for the Successor years ended December 31, 2011 ("2011") and
December 31, 2010 ("2010"):
Successor
Purchase Accounting
Purchase Accounting
(1)
(1)
Impairment losses
Net RVP goodwill
154.8
154.8
154.8
154.8
154.8
154.8
Impairment losses
137.3
137.3
137.3
13.5
13.5
150.8
150.8
137.3
154.8
154.8
137.3
292.1
13.5
13.5
305.6
Impairment losses
Impairment losses
Gross goodwill
Impairment losses
Net consolidated goodwill
137.3
292.1
305.6
(1) Purchase accounting adjustments for TECH goodwill during 2011 relate to the acquisitions of Ergotron, Inc. ("Ergotron") and TV One
Broadcast Sales Corporation, Barcom (UK) Holdings Limited and Barcom Asia Holdings, LLC (collectively, "TV One"). Purchase accounting
adjustments for TECH goodwill during 2010 relate to the acquisitions of Ergotron and Skycam, LLC. See Note 5, Acquisitions .
As discussed in Note 3, Fresh-Start Accounting, the Company adopted fresh-start accounting upon emergence from bankruptcy. This resulted in a
new determination of goodwill in accordance with ASC 852, which the Company allocated to the reporting units based on the estimated fair value and
related net assets and liabilities of each of the reporting units as of the Effective Date, including the fair value adjustments under ASC 852 discussed
previously. Based on this analysis, the Company determined that the remaining goodwill, as of the Effective Date, of approximately $154.8 million
would be allocated to the RVP segment.
The Company accounts for acquired goodwill in accordance with ASC 805 and ASC Topic 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (ASC 350),
which involves judgment with respect to the determination of the purchase price and the valuation of the acquired assets and liabilities in order to
determine the final amount of goodwill recorded in a purchase.
Under ASC 350, goodwill is not amortized. Instead, it is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently when an event occurs or
circumstances change between annual tests that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value, including,
among others, a significant adverse change in the business climate. The
F- 23
Table of Contents
Company has set the annual evaluation date as of the first day of its fiscal fourth quarter. The reporting units evaluated for goodwill impairment have
been determined to be the same as our operating segments, except for the TECH operating segment, which has two reporting units, consisting of TECH Ergotron and TECH - All Other. Subsequent to December 17, 2009, only the RVP, TECH - Ergotron and TECH - All Other reporting units have goodwill
and, therefore, are the only reporting units that currently are required to be evaluated for goodwill impairment. Approximately $131.4 million of TECH
segment goodwill relates to the TECH - Ergotron reporting unit and the remaining $19.4 million relates to the TECH - All Other reporting unit.
When applicable, the Company utilizes a combination of a discounted cash flow (DCF) approach and an EBITDA multiple approach in order to value
the Company's reporting units required to be tested for impairment.
The DCF approach requires that the Company forecast future cash flows of the reporting units, and discount those cash flow streams based upon a
weighted average cost of capital (WACC) that is derived, in part, from comparable companies within similar industries. The DCF calculations also
include a terminal value calculation that is based upon an expected long-term growth rate for the applicable reporting unit. The Company believes that its
procedures for estimating DCF, including the terminal valuation, are reasonable and consistent with market conditions at the time of estimation.
The EBITDA multiple approach requires that the Company estimate certain valuation multiples of EBITDA derived from comparable companies, and
apply those derived EBITDA multiples to the applicable reporting unit's estimated EBITDA for selected EBITDA measurement periods.
In accordance with ASU 2011-08, the Company determined, based on qualitative analysis, that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of
the three evaluated reporting units was greater than their carrying amounts as of October 2, 2011. Accordingly, the Company was not required to perform
the two-step impairment test under ASC Topic 350 as of that date.
F- 24
Table of Contents
In accordance with ASC 350, the Company prepared an interim Step 1 Test as of July 4, 2009, and an annual Step 1 Test as of October 4, 2009 that
compared the estimated fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. The Company utilized a combination of a DCF approach and an EBITDA
multiple approach in order to value the Company's reporting units.
The annual Step 1 valuations as of October 4, 2009 were determined using a weighted average of 50% for the DCF approach and 50% for the EBITDA
multiple approach, which the Company determined to be the most representative allocation for the measurement of the long-term fair value of the reporting
units. For the interim Step 1 Test as of July 4, 2009, the Company used a weighted average of 70% for the DCF approach and 30% for the EBITDA
multiple approach. The adjustment to the allocation percentages used for the annual impairment test reflected the Company's belief that there was still
significant risk in the overall worldwide economy that could impact the future projections used in the DCF approach and, therefore, increasing the
allocation to the EBITDA multiple approach provided better balance to the shorter-term valuation conclusions under the EBITDA multiple approach, and
the longer-term valuation conclusions under the DCF approach.
The Company believes that its assumptions used to determine the estimated fair values for its reporting units as of July 4, 2009 and October 4, 2009 were
reasonable.
The results of the Step 1 Tests performed as of July 4, 2009 indicated that the carrying value of the TECH - All Other reporting unit exceeded the
estimated fair value and, therefore, a Step 2 Test was required for this reporting unit. The estimated fair values of the RVP, R-HVAC and C-HVAC
reporting units exceeded the carrying values, so no further interim impairment analysis was required for these reporting units. The results of the Step 1
Tests performed as of October 4, 2009 for the Company's annual impairment test indicated that the estimated fair values of all reporting units exceeded the
carrying values so no further impairment analysis was required.
The preliminary Step 2 Test for the TECH - All Other reporting unit as of July 4, 2009 required the Company to measure the potential impairment loss by
allocating the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in Step 1, to the reporting unit's assets and liabilities, with the residual amount
representing the implied fair value of goodwill. To the extent the implied fair value of goodwill was less than the carrying value, an impairment loss was
recognized. Therefore, the Step 2 Test for the TECH - All Other reporting unit required the Company to perform a theoretical purchase price allocation for
TECH -All Other to determine the implied fair value of goodwill as of the evaluation date. Due to the complexity of the analyses required to complete the
Step 2 Tests, and the timing of the Company's determination of the goodwill impairment, the Company had not finalized its Step 2 Tests at the end of the
second and third quarters of 2009. In accordance with the guidance in ASC 350, the Company completed a preliminary assessment of the expected
impact of the Step 2 Tests using reasonable estimates for the theoretical purchase price allocation and recorded a preliminary goodwill impairment charge
for the TECH - All Other reporting unit in the second quarter of 2009 of approximately $250.0 million.
During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company calculated a final goodwill impairment charge for the TECH - All Other reporting unit as of July 4, 2009
of approximately $284.0 million. This represented an increase in the goodwill impairment charge of approximately $34.0 million, which was recorded in
the Predecessor period from October 4, 2009 to December 19, 2009. The primary reasons for the change from the preliminary goodwill impairment charge
recorded in the second quarter of 2009 were changes in the theoretical valuation of intangible assets from the initial estimate used, net of the related
deferred tax impact.
The Company believes that the procedures performed and estimates used in the theoretical purchase price allocation for the TECH - All Other reporting
unit required for Step 2 Testing were reasonable, and in accordance with ASC 805 guidelines for
F- 25
Table of Contents
Although the Company believes that the goodwill analyses performed are in accordance with ASC 350 and ASU 2011-08, the worldwide economic
situation remains highly volatile and, if the downturn persists or the recovery is slower than anticipated, the Company may be required to take additional
goodwill impairment charges in the future. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company's future forecasted operating results will be achieved,
or that future goodwill impairment charges will not need to be recorded, even after the significant reduction in goodwill that resulted from the adoption of
fresh-start accounting subsequent to the Effective Date.
Intangible Assets
The table that follows presents the Company's major components of intangible assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
Gross Carrying
Amount
December 31, 2011
Trademarks
Developed Technology
Customer relationships
Others
159.9 $
70.3
$
December 31, 2010
Trademarks
Weighted Average
Accumulated
Net Intangible Remaining Useful
Amortization
Assets
Lives
(Amounts in millions except for useful lives)
Developed Technology
Customer relationships
Others
488.5
23.5
742.2 $
158.4 $
67.9
483.9
23.0
733.2
(15.5) $
(10.4)
(48.1)
(9.0)
(83.0) $
(7.8) $
(4.5)
(20.6)
(5.3)
(38.2) $
144.4
59.9
440.4
14.5
659.2
150.6
63.4
19.2
11.3
16.3
6.3
16.3
20.3
463.3
12.3
17.4
17.7
695.0
6.7
17.3
Developed technology, trademarks and customer relationships are amortized on a straight-line basis. Amortization of intangible assets charged to
operations amounted to approximately $ 44.8 million, $ 37.0 million, $ 1.5 million and $ 22.2 million for 2011, 2010, the 2009 Successor Period and the
2009 Predecessor Period, respectively. See Note 5, "Acquisitions" , for disclosure of intangible assets acquired in 2010 of approximately $192.4 million
related to the acquisition of Ergotron, Inc.
F- 26
Table of Contents
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017 and thereafter
43.6
43.2
42.7
441.7
In accordance with ASC Topic 360, Property, Plant and Equipment (ASC 360), the Company evaluates the realizability of long-lived assets, which
primarily consists of property and equipment and definite lived intangible assets (the ASC 360 Long-Lived Assets), when events or business
conditions warrant it, as well as whenever an interim goodwill impairment test is required under ASC 350. ASC 350 requires that the ASC 360
impairment test be completed, and any ASC 360 impairment be recorded, prior to performing the goodwill impairment test.
In accordance with ASC 360, the evaluation of the impairment of long-lived assets, other than goodwill, is based on expectations of non-discounted future
cash flows compared to the carrying value of the long-lived asset groups. If the sum of the expected non-discounted future cash flows is less than the
carrying amount of the ASC 360 Long-Lived Assets, the Company would recognize an impairment loss. The Company's cash flow estimates are based
upon historical cash flows, as well as future projected cash flows received from subsidiary management in connection with the annual Company-wide
planning process and interim forecasting, and, if appropriate, include a terminal valuation for the applicable subsidiary based upon an EBITDA
multiple. The Company estimates the EBITDA multiple by reviewing comparable company information and other industry data. The Company believes
that its procedures for estimating gross future cash flows, including the terminal valuation, are reasonable and consistent with current market conditions
for each of the dates when impairment testing has been performed.
As a result of the Company's conclusion that an interim goodwill impairment test was required during the second quarter of 2009, the Company
performed an interim test for the impairment of long-lived assets and determined that there were no impairment indicators with respect to ASC 360 Long-
Lived Assets at that time. The Company also completed an ASC 360 evaluation as of December 19, 2009, prior to the Company's emergence from
bankruptcy and the adoption of fresh-start accounting. As a result of this analysis, the Company recorded an intangible asset impairment of
approximately $1.2 million for a foreign subsidiary in the TECH segment in SG&A in the accompanying statement of operations. The Company
determined that there were no other significant long-lived asset impairments.
There were no long-lived asset impairment charges recorded during either 2011 or 2010.
The Company accounts for pensions and post retirement health benefits in accordance with ASC Topic 715, Compensation - Retirement Benefits,
(ASC 715). The accounting for pensions requires the estimation of such items as the long-term average return on plan assets, the discount rate, the rate
of compensation increase, and the assumed medical cost inflation rate. Such estimates require a significant amount of judgment. See Note 10, Pension,
Profit Sharing and Other Post-Retirement Benefits , for a discussion of these judgments.
F- 27
Table of Contents
Insurance Liabilities
The Company records insurance liabilities and related expenses for health, workers compensation, product and general liability losses, and other
insurance reserves and expenses in accordance with either the contractual terms of its policies or, if self-insured, the total liabilities that are estimable and
probable as of the reporting date. Insurance liabilities are recorded as current liabilities to the extent they are expected to be paid in the succeeding year, with
the remaining requirements classified as long-term liabilities. The accounting for self-insured plans requires that significant judgments and estimates be
made both with respect to the future liabilities to be paid for known claims, and incurred but not reported claims as of the reporting date. The Company
considers historical trends when determining the appropriate insurance liabilities to record in the consolidated balance sheet for a substantial portion of its
workers compensation and general and product liability losses. In certain cases where partial insurance coverage exists, the Company must estimate the
portion of the liability that will be covered by existing insurance policies to arrive at the net expected liability to the Company. Receivables for insurance
recoveries for product liability claims are recorded as assets, on an undiscounted basis. These recoveries are estimated based on the contractual
arrangements with vendors and other third parties, and historical trends.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes (ASC 740), which requires that the
deferred tax consequences of temporary differences between the amounts recorded in the Companys consolidated financial statements, and the amounts
included in the Companys federal and state income tax returns, be recognized in the balance sheet. As the Company generally does not file its income tax
returns until well after the closing process for the December 31 financial statements is complete, the amounts recorded at December 31 reflect estimates of
what the final amounts will be when the actual income tax returns are filed for that fiscal year. In addition, estimates are often required with respect to,
among other things, the appropriate state income tax rates to use in the various states that Nortek and its subsidiaries are required to file, the potential
utilization of operating and capital loss carry-forwards, and valuation allowances required, if any, for tax assets that may not be realizable in the future.
ASC 740 requires balance sheet classification of current and long-term deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the classification of the
underlying asset or liability that gives rise to a temporary difference (see Note 7, Income Taxes).
The Company provides accruals for all direct costs, including legal costs, associated with the estimated resolution of contingencies at the earliest date at
which it is deemed probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of such liability can be reasonably estimated. Costs accrued are estimated
based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies and outcomes. Legal costs for other than
probable contingencies are expensed when services are performed. See Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies , for further information regarding
the Companys commitments and contingencies.
The Companys research and development activities are principally related to new product development, are recorded in SG&A, and represent
approximately 2.7%, 2.9%, 3.5% and 2.9% of the Companys consolidated net sales for 2011, 2010, the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009
Predecessor Period, respectively.
F- 28
Table of Contents
Comprehensive income (loss) includes net earnings (loss), unrealized gains and losses from foreign currency translation, and pension liability
adjustments, net of tax attributes. The components of the Companys comprehensive income (loss) and the effect on earnings for the periods presented are
detailed in the accompanying consolidated statement of stockholders investment.
The balances of each classification, net of tax attributes, within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of the periods presented are as follows:
Foreign Currency
Translation
Post-Retirement
Liability Adjustment,
net
Comprehensive (Loss)
Income
(Amounts in millions)
Predecessor
Balance, December 31, 2008
Change during the period
2.6
8.0
10.6
(10.6)
$
$
$
(27.0) $
4.8
(22.2)
22.2
0.7
0.8
0.7
1.6
2.3
0.8
(2.3)
$
(1.6) $
0.7 $
(1.5) $
(20.0) $
(21.5) $
(24.4)
12.8
(11.6)
11.6
1.5
1.5
(0.7)
0.8
(21.6)
(20.8)
F- 29
Table of Contents
Successor
Predecessor
Jan. 1, 2011 Jan. 1, 2010 Dec. 20, 2009 Jan. 1, 2009 Dec. 31, 2011
Dec. 31, 2010
Dec. 31, 2009
Dec. 19, 2009
(Amounts in millions, except shares and per share data)
(55.9) $
15,122,976
15,122,976
(13.4) $
(3.4) $
195.3
15,000,000
15,000,000
15,000,000
15,000,000
3,000
3,000
(3.70) $
(0.89) $
(0.23) $
65,100.00
(3.70) $
(0.89) $
(0.23) $
65,100.00
The effect of certain potential common share equivalents, including warrants, unvested restricted stock and stock options were excluded from the
computation of diluted shares outstanding for 2011, 2010 and the 2009 Successor Period, as inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. A summary of
these common share equivalents excluded from the periods presented is as follows:
Successor
Warrants
Restricted stock
Stock options
Total
789,474
710,731
710,731
2,210,936
There were no potential common share equivalents outstanding during the Predecessor period presented.
Earnings (loss) per share for 2011, 2010 and the 2009 Successor Period is not comparable to the 2009 Predecessor Period, as all Predecessor common
stock was extinguished as part of the Companys reorganization. See Note 2, Reorganization Under Chapter 11, and Note 3, Fresh-Start
Accounting .
F- 30
Table of Contents
As noted previously, in September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, which changes the way a company completes its annual goodwill impairment
review process. The provisions of this pronouncement provide an entity with the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence
of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.
ASU 2011-08 allows an entity the option to bypass the qualitative-assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the
first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. The pronouncement does not change the current guidance for testing other indefinite-lived intangible
assets for impairment. This standard is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 2011. As permitted by ASU 2011-08, the Company adopted this standard early in connection with its 2011 annual evaluation of goodwill
impairment. The adoption of ASU 2011-08 did not have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), which will require companies to present
the components of net income and other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements. It
eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity. The pronouncement
does not change the current option for presenting components of other comprehensive income gross or net of the effect of income taxes, provided that such
tax effects are presented in the statement in which other comprehensive income is presented, or disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. The
pronouncement does not affect the calculation or reporting of earnings per share. The pronouncement also does not change the items which must be
reported in other comprehensive income, how such items are measured, or when they must be reclassified to net income. This standard is effective for
reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The Company will adopt this pronouncement in the first quarter of
2012 and it will have no effect on its financial position or results of operations, but will impact the way the Company presents comprehensive income.
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12, Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of
Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05 ("ASU 2011-12"). ASU 2011-12 defers the
changes of ASU 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU 2011-12 will have no effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations but
will impact the way the Company presents comprehensive income.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S.
GAAP and IFRSs (ASU 2011-04), which is intended to result in convergence between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards
requirements for measurement of, and disclosures about, fair value. ASU 2011-04 clarifies or changes certain fair value measurement principles and
enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. This pronouncement is effective for reporting periods beginning
after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited for public companies. The new guidance will require prospective application. The Company will
adopt this pronouncement in the first quarter of 2012 and does not expect its adoption to have a material effect on its financial position or results of
operations.
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-29, Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations ("ASU
2010-29"), which amended guidance to clarify the acquisition date that should be used for reporting pro-forma financial information for business
combinations. If comparative financial statements are presented, the pro-forma revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the comparable prior
reporting period should be reported as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the current year had been completed
as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. The amendments in this guidance became effective prospectively for business
combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after January 1, 2011. There was no impact on the Company's consolidated
F- 31
Table of Contents
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-28, When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or
Negative Carrying Amounts ("ASU 2010-28"), which amended the guidance on goodwill impairment testing. The amendments modify Step 1 of the
goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of
the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In making that determination, an entity should consider
whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that impairment may exist. The amendments were effective January 1, 2011 and did not have
a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements ("ASU 2010-06"), which establishes
additional disclosure requirements for fair value measurements, which the Company included in its interim and annual financial statements in 2010.
Certain disclosure requirements relating to fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) were deferred until January 1, 2011.
These new requirements did not have an impact on the Company's consolidated financial results or disclosure in the Company's consolidated financial
statements (see "Fair Value).
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-14, Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software Elements ("ASU 2009-14"), which
amends the scope of existing software revenue recognition accounting. Tangible products containing software components and non-software components
that function together to deliver the product's essential functionality would be scoped out of the accounting guidance on software and accounted for based
on other appropriate revenue recognition guidance. This guidance must be adopted in the same period that a company adopts ASU 2009-13 described in
the following paragraph. Therefore, the Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2011. The adoption of ASU 2009-14 did not have a material
impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-13, Multiple- Deliverable Revenue Arrangements ("ASU 2009-13"), which amends revenue
recognition guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables. The new guidance eliminates the residual method of revenue recognition and allows the
use of management's best estimate of selling price for individual elements of an arrangement when vendor-specific objective evidence or third-party
evidence is unavailable. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2011. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 did not have a material impact on the
Company's consolidated financial statements.
5.
ACQUISITIONS
On April 28, 2011, the Company, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, acquired all of the stock of TV One for approximately $25.1 million, net of cash
acquired of approximately $0.9 million. In connection with the acquisition of TV One, in the second quarter of 2011, the Company also incurred
approximately $0.8 million of fees and expenses, which have been recorded in SG&A in the accompanying statement of operations. TV One sells a
complete range of video signal processing products for the professional audio/video and broadcast markets. TV One is included in the Company's TECH
segment.
On March 21, 2011, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Huntair Middle East Holdings, Inc. ("Huntair"), acquired a forty-nine percent
minority interest in Huntair Arabia for approximately $5.3 million. Huntair Arabia is an operating joint venture between the Company and Alessa
Advanced Projects Company ("Alessa") in Saudi Arabia that was formed for purposes of trading, manufacturing, supplying, installing, and servicing
commercial air conditioning and commercial air handling units in Saudi Arabia and certain other regions. The Company does not have a controlling
financial interest and, therefore, is accounting for this investment under the equity method of accounting within the C-HVAC segment. In connection with
its investment in Huntair Arabia, Huntair issued a 10 year note to Alessa for approximately $5.3 million. The note does not bear interest. Therefore, the
Company has recorded the note net of discount of approximately $0.6 million on its accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011. For
2011, income from Huntair Arabia was not material to the Company's results of operations.
On December 17, 2010, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Ergotron, Inc. (Ergotron"). Ergotron is a designer, manufacturer and
marketer of innovative, ergonomic mounting and mobility products for computer monitors, notebooks and flat panel displays in the United States and
other parts of the world. The purchase price was approximately $299.6 million, consisting of cash payments totaling approximately $295.6 million, of
which approximately $5.8 million was paid in 2011, and an estimated payable to the sellers of approximately $4.0 million related to the remaining
reimbursement of federal and state tax refunds due to Ergotron for the pre-acquisition period in 2010.
F- 32
Table of Contents
The excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of Ergotron's net assets is recorded as goodwill, which is primarily attributable to opportunities
for growth and profitability, as well as diversification of the Company's exposure to the commercial, healthcare and education markets. Goodwill
associated with the acquisition of Ergotron was recorded in the TECH segment, and the Company does not believe that any of the goodwill will be
deductible for tax purposes (see Note 4, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" ).
The following is a summary of the purchase price allocation based on estimates of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired (amounts in millions):
41.9
192.0
4.1
7.3
Purchase price
1.6
(78.7)
131.4
299.6
(1) Includes current assets of approximately $69.0 million (including approximately $13.8 million of cash), property and equipment of
approximately $12.2 million, intangible assets of approximately $0.4 million, other long-terms assets of approximately $0.6 million,
current liabilities of approximately $(38.8) million and other long-term liabilities of approximately $(1.5) million.
The total fair value of intangible assets was approximately $192.4 million. The Company determined that all of the intangible assets were subject to
amortization, and that they will have no residual value at the end of the amortization periods. The following is a summary of the estimated fair values by
intangible asset class, and the estimated weighted average amortization period (amounts in millions, except for useful lives):
Fair Value
$
17.6
18.7
140.5
15.6
$
192.4
Trademarks
Developed Technology
Customer relationships
Others
Weighted Average
Useful Lives
20.0
13.0
19.3
6.1
17.7
Due to revisions to the preliminary estimate of fair value, which primarily related to intangible assets, net of deferred tax consequences, as well as other
deferred tax adjustments, the preliminary goodwill allocation related to Ergotron increased by approximately $1.4 million from $130.0 million at December
31, 2010 to approximately $131.4 million at December 31, 2011.
In connection with the acquisition of Ergotron, the Company also incurred approximately $2.2 million of fees and expenses, which have been recorded in
SG&A in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for 2010.
The unaudited pro forma net sales, (net loss) and basic and diluted (loss) per share for the Company as a result of the acquisition of Ergotron for 2010
were approximately $2.1 billion, $(21.4) million, $(1.43) per share and $(1.43) per share, respectively. These amounts were determined assuming that the
acquisition of Ergotron had occurred on January 1, 2010 and include the historical results of Ergotron for the year ended December 31, 2010 as well as
pro forma adjustments to reflect (i) increased
F- 33
Table of Contents
On July 6, 2010, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Linear LLC acquired all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of
Skycam, LLC (Luxor) for approximately $9.1 million (utilizing approximately $7.9 million of cash and issuing an unsecured 4% subordinated note
in the amount of $1.2 million). Luxor is an on-line retailer and distributor of security cameras and digital video recorders.
Pro forma results related to the acquisitions of TV One and Luxor have not been presented, as the effect is not significant to the Companys consolidated
operating results .
The acquisitions of TV One, Ergotron and Luxor contributed approximately $226.5 million to net sales and approximately $19.6 million (which
includes depreciation and amortization expense of approximately $25.1 million, including approximately $7.5 million relating to the amortization of fair
value allocated to inventory) to operating earnings for 2011.
Contingent consideration of approximately $1.3 million was paid in the first quarter of 2010 related to the acquisition of certain entities. The Company
does not anticipate paying any further contingent consideration for completed acquisitions as of December 31, 2011.
6.
CASH FLOWS
The impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on cash was not material and has been included in Other, net in the accompanying consolidated
statement of cash flows.
Interest paid was approximately $96.8 million, $86.6 million, $0.1 million and $116.1 million for 2011, 2010, the 2009 Successor Period and the
2009 Predecessor Period, respectively.
Net cash paid for acquisitions for the periods presented was as follows:
Successor
Jan. 1, 2010 Dec. 20, 2009 Dec. 31, 2010
Dec. 31, 2009
(Amounts in millions)
35.1 $
411.4 $
(4.2)
(127.5)
30.9
283.9
1.3
30.9 $
285.2 $
Predecessor
Jan. 1, 2009 Dec. 19, 2009
14.1
14.1
(1) Contingent consideration of approximately $1.3 million was earned in the 2009 Predecessor Period (see Note 5, Acquisitions ) and was paid
in February 2010. This amount was included in accrued expenses and taxes, net on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2009 and
has been excluded from the accompanying consolidated statement of cash flows for the 2009 Predecessor Period.
F- 34
Table of Contents
7. INCOME TAXES
The following is a summary of the components of (loss) earnings before (benefit) provision for income taxes for the periods presented:
Successor
Predecessor
$
$
266.3
280.3
14.0
The following is a summary of the (benefit) provision for income taxes included in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the periods
presented:
Successor
Predecessor
Current
0.3
(20.8)
Deferred
Foreign
State
(20.5)
6.4
(6.2)
(20.3) $
0.3
(18.8)
(18.5)
6.5
0.4
(11.6) $
(1.3)
(1.3)
0.1
(0.2)
(1.4)
0.7
65.2
65.9
10.4
8.7
85.0
Net income taxes refunded during 2011 were approximately $4.6 million. Income tax payments, net of refunds, in 2010, the 2009 Successor Period and
the 2009 Predecessor Period were approximately $18.4 million, $0.2 million and $12.8 million, respectively.
F- 35
Table of Contents
Successor
Predecessor
Jan. 1, 2010 Dec. 20, 2009 Jan. 1, 2009 Dec. 31, 2010
Dec. 31, 2009
Dec. 19, 2009
(Amounts in millions)
(26.7) $
(8.8) $
(1.7) $
98.1
(97.8)
(4.0)
5.7
68.8
0.3
(0.1)
14.8
1.5
5.1
2.8
(4.2)
0.3
0.2
(1.8)
0.4
(1.7)
(0.3)
(20.3) $
10.4
(0.2)
(9.9)
0.5
(11.6) $
(1.4)
85.0
The table that follows reconciles the federal statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate for the periods presented:
Successor
Jan. 1, 2010 Dec. 31, 2010
Predecessor
Jan. 1, 2009 Dec. 19, 2009
35.0 %
35.0 %
35.0 %
35.0 %
(34.9)
(1.0)
24.5
5.3
(19.4)
(1.9)
(20.2)
(11.2)
2.1
5.5
(0.9)
(8.3)
3.7
(0.4)
7.1
39.7
0.4
29.2 %
30.3 %
2.2
0.3
26.6 %
F- 36
(2.1)
46.4 %
2.0
Table of Contents
December 31,
2011
2010
(Amounts in millions)
Prepaid Income Tax Assets (Liabilities) (classified current)
Arising From:
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Insurance reserves
Warranty accruals
Valuation allowances
Net loss and credit carry forwards
Other reserves and assets, net
$
Deferred Income Tax Assets (Liabilities) (classified non-current)
Arising From:
Property and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Pension and other benefit accruals
Insurance reserves
Warranty accruals
Net loss and credit carry forwards
Other reserves and assets, net
Valuation allowance
Tax deductible Goodwill
4.9
(4.8)
(3.4)
(1.0)
9.9
17.5
38.7
2.9
9.5
(23.0) $
(222.3)
20.8
4.9
(2.0)
1.4
10.4
5.4
16.9
(25.6)
(236.8)
14.4
19.4
9.9
40.5
13.6
20.5
9.7
17.1
(37.2)
40.9
(20.4)
(137.4) $
23.3
45.1
(152.7)
In connection with the filing of the Companys United States federal tax return for the period ended December 17, 2009 in the third quarter of 2010, the
Company made an election to capitalize for tax purposes research and development costs. This election resulted in the creation of a deferred tax asset that
will be amortized over a 10 year period. As a result of this election, the Company recorded a deferred tax benefit of approximately $10.9 million,
including a state tax benefit of approximately $1.0 million, in 2010.
As of December 31, 2009, as a result of income and related deferred tax liabilities recognized through fresh-start accounting, the Company determined that
a valuation allowance was no longer required for most of its domestic deferred tax assets. The Company has sufficient reversing deferred tax liabilities
available so that it is more likely than not that its federal deferred tax assets will be realized. The Company continues to maintain a valuation allowance
for certain foreign net operating loss carryforwards, certain state net operating loss carryforwards and deferred state tax assets and for certain federal
deferred tax assets that, if recognized, would result in capital losses. The current year net increase in the valuation allowance is primarily related to current
year losses of certain foreign subsidiaries and losses and state deferred tax assets in certain domestic jurisdictions. The Company has determined that
based on the history of losses at these subsidiaries, a valuation allowance is required for these loss carry-forwards and state deferred tax assets since it is
more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will not be realized.
F- 37
Table of Contents
At December 31, 2011, the Company has not provided United States income taxes or foreign withholding taxes on unremitted foreign earnings of
approximately $37.3 million, as those amounts are considered indefinitely invested. Due to the complexities of the U.S. tax law, including the effect of
U.S. foreign tax credits, it is not practicable to estimate the amount of tax that might be payable on these earnings in the event they no longer are
indefinitely reinvested. The Company has provided United States income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on approximately $11.8 million of
unremitted foreign earnings which are not indefinitely invested.
The Company has a federal net operating loss carry forward generated in 2011 of approximately $33.7 million which will expire in 2031. Included as part
of the net operating loss, are deductions of approximately $5.4 million related to the deduction for vesting of restricted stock in excess of the corresponding
book expense. The tax benefits related to these deductions will be recognized as a credit to additional paid in capital when the benefits are recognized on a
tax return. The Company also has state net operating losses in various jurisdictions which will expire beginning in 2015.
The Company has approximately $92.6 million of foreign net operating loss carry-forwards that if utilized would offset future foreign tax payments.
Approximately $22.2 million of these foreign net operating losses have an indefinite carry-forward period and the remaining foreign net operating losses
will expire at various times beginning in 2013. The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against these losses.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:
December 31,
2011
Balance at January 1,
Gross increases related to positions taken in the current year
Gross increases related to positions taken in prior periods
Increases related to acquisitions
Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities
Decreases due to lapse of statutes of limitation related to state tax and foreign items
2010
(Amounts in millions)
21.9 $
22.9
5.1
1.9
10.4
3.4
(2.1)
(3.2)
(4.2)
34.2 $
21.9
As of January 1, 2011, the Company had a liability of approximately $21.2 million for unrecognized tax benefits related to various federal, foreign and
state income tax matters. As a result of additional provisions to the reserve during the year ended December 31, 2011 and reversals discussed below, the
liability for uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2011 was approximately $26.6 million. The liability for uncertain tax positions is included in other
long-term liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The corresponding amount of gross uncertain tax benefits was approximately $34.2
million and $21.9 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. During 2011, the Company increased the reserve for uncertain tax positions
related to uncertainties surrounding the timing of deductions related to intercompany transactions with foreign affiliates. This item resulted in an increase
of approximately $7.5 million in uncertain tax positions, with a corresponding increase in deferred tax assets of approximately $7.5 million.
As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amount of uncertain tax positions that will impact the Company's effective tax rate was approximately $14.0
million and $11.2 million, respectively. The difference between the total amount of uncertain tax positions and the amount that will impact the effective
tax rate represents the federal tax effect of state tax items, items that offset temporary differences, and items that will result in the reduction of other tax
assets.
As of December 31, 2011, the Company has approximately $2.3 million in unrecognized benefits relating to various state tax issues, for which the statute
of limitations is expected to expire in 2012. In addition, the Company currently expects that it will resolve certain state tax audit disputes during 2012. The
total amount of uncertain tax positions that are related to these disputes are approximately $1.4 million. The current period tax provision includes a
reversal of approximately $3.2 million of state reserves as a result of the lapsing of the statute of limitations during the year.
F- 38
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the total amount of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions was approximately $2.3 million and $3.0
million, respectively. The Company accounts for interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of its provision for federal and state taxes.
The Company has included a benefit of approximately $0.6 million as part of its 2011 tax provision related to a reduction of interest on uncertain tax
positions. The Company has included a benefit of approximately $0.7 million as part of its 2010 tax provision related to a reduction of interest on
uncertain tax positions and also made interest payments of approximately $0.1 million. Included in the Company's 2009 tax provisions is a benefit of
approximately $0.7 million related to reductions in interest on uncertain tax positions.
In the third quarter of 2010, the Company reached a settlement related to an income tax and VAT audit related to one of its foreign subsidiaries. The total
amount that the Company paid in connection with this settlement was approximately $1.7 million, of which approximately $0.9 million related to income
taxes and approximately $0.8 million related to VAT (which was recorded within SG&A). The Company had previously established income tax reserves
for these uncertain income tax positions totaling approximately $2.3 million, including interest. The income tax provision for the year ended December 31,
2010 includes a reduction in these reserves of approximately $1.4 million.
The Company and its subsidiaries federal, foreign and state income tax returns are generally subject to audit for all tax periods beginning in 2008 through
the present year. The Company is currently undergoing an audit of its 2009 tax year by the Internal Revenue Service.
8.
Secured lines of credit and bank advances of the Companys foreign subsidiaries
December 31,
2011
2010
(Amounts in millions)
1.3 $
8.6
Short-term bank obligations of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are secured by accounts receivable of the Company's foreign subsidiaries with an
aggregate net book value of approximately $1.3 million and have a weighted average interest rate of approximately 6.76% at December 31, 2011.
December 31,
2011
11% Senior Secured Notes due 2013
8.5% Senior Notes due 2021, net of discount of approximately $6.9 million
Senior Secured Term Loan, net of discount of approximately $7.5 million
10% Senior Notes due 2018
ABL Facility
Mortgage notes payable
Other
F- 39
2010
(Amounts in millions)
$
753.3
493.1
339.9
250.0
250.0
42.0
85.0
2.1
2.6
16.1
20.1
1,143.2
1,111.0
32.1
9.2
1,111.1 $
1,101.8
Table of Contents
Sources:
Proceeds from issuance of the 8.5% Notes
Proceeds from Term Loan Facility after deducting original issue discount of
approximately $1.8 million
500.0
348.2
848.2
Total sources
Uses:
Repurchase or redemption of 11% Notes
Tender and redemption premiums for 11% Notes
Accrued and unpaid interest through the date of tender or redemption
(753.3)
(37.8)
(33.9)
(825.0)
(20.9)
(845.9)
Total uses
2.3
As certain holders of the new 8.5% Notes and Term Loan Facility had previously held the 11% Notes up to the time of their repurchase or redemption, the
Company determined in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 470-50, "Debt Modifications and Extinguishments" (ASC 470-50) that,
of the total approximately $60.5 million of original issue discounts, underwriting commissions, legal, accounting and other expenses and tender and
redemption premiums, approximately $33.8 million should be recorded as a loss on debt retirement and that approximately $11.2 million and $15.5
million should be recorded as deferred debt expense and debt discount, respectively, and amortized over the lives of the respective debt instruments. The
deferred debt expense of approximately $11.2 million was allocated to the 8.5% Notes and the Term Loan Facility in the amounts of approximately $6.3
million and approximately $4.9 million, respectively. The debt discount of approximately $15.5 million was allocated to the 8.5% Notes and the Term
Loan Facility in the amounts of approximately $7.2 million and approximately $8.3 million, respectively.
F- 40
Table of Contents
In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to April 15, 2016, the Company may redeem all or any portion of the 8.5% Notes outstanding at a
redemption price equal to (a) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the 8.5% Notes to be redeemed together with accrued and unpaid interest to such
redemption date, plus (b) the Make Whole Amount. The Make Whole Amount means, with respect to the 8.5% Notes at any redemption date, the
greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of the 8.5% Notes and (ii) the excess, if any, of (a) an amount equal to the present value of (1) the redemption
price of the 8.5% Notes at April 15, 2016 plus (2) the remaining scheduled interest payments of the 8.5% Notes to be redeemed to April 15, 2016,
computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 0.5%, over (b) the principal amount of the 8.5% Notes to be redeemed.
The indenture governing the 8.5% Notes contains certain restrictive financial and operating covenants including covenants that restrict, among other
things, the payment of cash dividends, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the making of certain investments, mergers, consolidations and the sale
of assets (all as defined in the indenture and other agreements). At December 31, 2011, the Company's 10% Notes were the most restrictive. As of
December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all covenants under the indenture that governs the 8.5% Notes.
a second-priority security interest in personal property consisting of accounts receivable, inventory, cash, deposit accounts, and certain related
assets and proceeds of the foregoing; and
a first-priority security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all of the Company's material owned real property and equipment.
The Term Loan Facility is repayable in quarterly installments of $875,000 with a balloon payment for the remaining balance due on April 26, 2017.
The Term Loan Facility provides that, after April 26, 2011, the Company may request additional tranches of term loans in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $200.0 million. Availability of such additional tranches of term loans will be subject to the absence of any default, a pro forma secured leverage
ratio test and, among other things, the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions.
Loans under the Term Loan Facility bear interest, at the Company's option, at a rate per annum equal to either (1) base rate (as defined in the credit
agreement governing the Term Loan Facility) or (2) LIBOR (as defined in the credit agreement governing the Term Loan Facility), in each case plus an
applicable margin. The weighted average interest rate under the Term
F- 41
Table of Contents
50% (subject to reduction to 25% and 0% based upon the Company's secured leverage ratio) of the Company's annual excess cash flow,
commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012;
100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and casualty and condemnation events, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other
exceptions; and
100% of the net cash proceeds of any issuance of debt, other than debt permitted under the Term Loan Facility.
Certain voluntary prepayments on or prior to the first anniversary of the closing of the Term Loan Facility are subject to a call premium of 1%.
Otherwise, the Company may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty other than customary breakage costs with
respect to LIBOR loans.
The Term Loan Facility agreement contains certain restrictive financial and operating covenants, including covenants that restrict the Company's ability
and the ability of its subsidiaries to complete acquisitions, pay dividends, incur indebtedness, make investments, sell assets and take certain other
corporate actions. At December 31, 2011, the Company's 10% Notes were the most restrictive. As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all
covenants under the agreement that governs the Term Loan Facility.
On November 23, 2010, the Company sold $250.0 million principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due December 1, 2018 (the "10% Notes). The
10% Notes were issued for general corporate purposes, including the acquisition of Ergotron (Note 5, "Acquisitions" ), and are unconditionally guaranteed
on a senior unsecured basis by each of the Company's current and future domestic subsidiaries that guarantee its obligations under the ABL Facility. Net
proceeds from the sale of the 10% Notes, after deducting underwriting commissions and expenses, amounted to approximately $243.2 million.
Interest on the 10% Notes accrues at the rate of 10% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, commencing on
June 1, 2011, until maturity. Interest on the 10% Notes accrues from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was
most recently paid. Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
At any time prior to December 1, 2013, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 10% Notes with the net cash
proceeds from certain equity offerings (as defined) at a redemption price of 110.0% plus accrued and unpaid interest, provided that at least 65% of the
original aggregate principal amount of the 10% Notes remains outstanding after the redemption and the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the
closing of such equity offerings (as defined). On or after December 1, 2014 the 10% Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in
part, at any time and from time to time, on or after December 1, 2014 at 105.0%, declining to 102.5% on December 1, 2015 and further declining to
100.0% on December 1, 2016.
In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to December 1, 2014, the Company may redeem all or any portion of the 10% Notes outstanding at a
redemption price equal to (a) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the 10% Notes to be redeemed together with accrued and unpaid interest to such
redemption date, plus (b) the Make Whole Amount. The Make Whole Amount means, with respect to the 10% Notes at any redemption date, the
greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of the 10% Notes and (ii) the excess, if any, of (a) an amount equal to the present value of (1) the redemption
price of the 10% Notes at December 1, 2014 plus (2) the remaining scheduled interest payments of the 10% Notes to be redeemed, computed using a
discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (b) the principal amount of the 10% Notes to be redeemed.
The indenture governing the 10% Notes contains certain restrictive financial and operating covenants including covenants that restrict, among other
things, the payment of cash dividends, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the making of certain investments, mergers, consolidations and the sale
of assets (all as defined in the indenture and other agreements). As of December 31, 2011, the Company had the capacity to make certain payments,
including dividends, under the 10% Notes
F- 42
Table of Contents
Amended & Restated $300.0 million senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility
In December 2010, Nortek entered into an amended and restated $300.0 million ABL Facility, which replaced Nortek's three-year $300.0 million senior
secured asset-based revolving credit facility dated March 2010. In conjunction with amending the ABL Facility, the Company incurred fees and expenses
of approximately $2.7 million.
The ABL Facility consists of a $280.0 million U.S. facility (with a $60.0 million sublimit for the issuance of U.S. standby letters of credit and a
$20.0 million sublimit for U.S. swingline loans) and a $20.0 million Canadian facility. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately
$42.0 million in outstanding borrowings and approximately $14.7 million in outstanding letters of credit under the ABL Facility and, based on the
December 31, 2011 borrowing base calculations, the Company had excess availability of approximately $203.9 million under the ABL Facility .
There are limitations on the Companys ability to incur the full $300.0 million of commitments under the ABL Facility. Availability is limited to the lesser
of the borrowing base under the ABL Facility and $300.0 million. The borrowing base at any time will equal the sum (subject to certain reserves and other
adjustments) of:
The interest rates applicable to loans under the ABL Facility are, at the Companys option, equal to either an adjusted LIBOR rate for a one, two, three or
six month interest period (or a nine or twelve month period, if available) or an alternate base rate chosen by the Company, plus an applicable margin
percentage ranging from 2.25% to 2.75% for U.S. Borrowings, and 1.25% to 1.75% for Canadian Borrowings, depending on the Companys Average
Excess Availability (as defined in the ABL Facility). The alternate base rate will be the greater of (1) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, (2) 1.00% plus the
LIBOR rate for a 30 day interest period as determined on such day, or (3) the prime rate. Interest shall be payable at the end of the selected interest period,
but no less frequently than quarterly. At December 31, 2011, the weighted average interest rate on the ABL Facility was approximately 2.93%.
The Company will be required to deposit cash daily from its material deposit accounts (including all concentration accounts) into collection accounts
maintained with the administrative agent under the ABL Facility, which will be used to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralized letters of credit, if
(i) excess availability (as defined in the ABL Facility) falls below the greater of $35.0 million or 15% of the borrowing base or (ii) an event of default has
occurred and is continuing. In addition, under the ABL Facility, if (i) excess availability falls below the greater of $30.0 million or 12.5% of the borrowing
base or (ii) an event of default has occurred and is continuing, the Company will be required to satisfy and maintain a consolidated fixed charge coverage
ratio measured on a trailing four quarter basis of not less than 1.1 to 1.0. The Companys ability to meet the required fixed charge coverage ratio can be
affected by events beyond its control. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the ABL Facility. Based on the December 31,
2011 borrowing base calculations, at December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $164.8 million of excess availability before triggering the
cash deposit requirements as discussed above.
Additional borrowings under the ABL Facility require the Company and its subsidiaries to make certain customary representations and warranties as of
the date of such additional borrowing. In the event that the Company and its subsidiaries are unable to make such representations and warranties on such
borrowing date, then the lenders under the ABL Facility may not honor such request for additional borrowing. The ABL Facility also provides the lenders
considerable discretion to impose reserves or availability blocks, which could materially impair the amount of borrowings that would otherwise be
available to the Company and its subsidiaries and may require the Company to repay certain amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility. There can be
no assurance that the lenders under the ABL Facility will not impose such actions during the term of the ABL Facility.
The credit agreement for the ABL Facility contains certain restrictive financial and operating covenants, including covenants that restrict the Companys
ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to complete acquisitions, pay dividends, incur indebtedness, make investments, sell assets and take certain
other corporate actions. At December 31, 2011, the Company's 10% Notes
F- 43
Table of Contents
On February 3, 2012, the Company voluntarily repaid $25.0 million of outstanding borrowings under its ABL Facility and, accordingly, has classified
such amount as current maturities of long-term debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011.
Other Indebtedness
At December 31, 2010, the Company's subsidiary, Best, was not in compliance with certain maintenance covenants with respect to one of its loan
agreements with borrowings outstanding of approximately $1.4 million. As a result, the Company reclassified the long-term portion of outstanding
borrowings under this agreement of approximately $0.6 million as a current liability on its consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2010. The lender
did not take any action related to the covenant noncompliance at that time. The next measurement date for the maintenance covenant was for the year
ended December 31, 2011 and the Company believed it was probable that Best would not be in compliance with such covenants at such time. In the event
this lender accelerated this loan, additional indebtedness of Best under a different loan agreement with borrowings outstanding of approximately $1.7
million at December 31, 2010 could have also become immediately due and payable if such cross-default was not waived. As a result, the Company also
reclassified the long-term portion of this additional indebtedness of approximately $0.9 million as a current liability on its consolidated balance sheet at
December 31, 2010. The remaining amounts outstanding under these debt agreements of approximately $1.4 million at December 31, 2011 are due in
2012 and are classified as current maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2011.
Mortgage notes payable of approximately $2.1 million outstanding at December 31, 2011 includes various mortgage notes and other related indebtedness
payable in installments through 2019. These notes have a weighted average interest rate of approximately 3.0% and are collateralized by property and
equipment with an aggregate net book value of approximately $7.3 million at December 31, 2011.
Other obligations, including capital leases, of approximately $16.1 million outstanding at December 31, 2011 include borrowings relating to equipment
purchases, notes payable issued for acquisitions and other borrowings bearing interest at rates ranging from approximately 2.1% to 15.0% and maturing
at various dates through 2018. Approximately $10.0 million of such indebtedness is collateralized by property and equipment with an aggregate net book
value of approximately $13.4 million at December 31, 2011.
Scheduled Maturities
The maturities for the Companys notes, mortgage notes and obligations payable (excluding approximately $16.3 million of debt discount) were:
Debt Obligation
Maturities
(Amounts in millions)
$
32.5
8.5
5.8
22.6
3.9
1,086.2
F- 44
Table of Contents
9.
SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
On December 17, 2009, the Company established the 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the Incentive Plan) which allows for grants of options, stock
appreciation rights, restricted stock, other stock-based awards and performance-based compensation awards. The Incentive Plan is administered by the
Board of Directors, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, or any other committee designated by the Board of Directors to administer the
Incentive Plan (the Committee). Participants consist of such employees, directors and other individuals providing services to the Company, or any
subsidiary or affiliate, as the Committee in its sole discretion determines and whom the Committee may designate from time to time to receive awards.
Under the 2009 Plan, 2,153,110 shares were authorized for grant through December 17, 2019, of which 1,076,555 may be in the form of incentive
stock options. The maximum number of shares for which options and stock appreciation rights may be granted to any participant in any calendar year is
627,990, and the maximum number of shares with respect to other awards denominated in shares in any calendar year is 627,990. The maximum
value of cash payable with respect to awards denominated in cash or property that may be granted to any participant in any plan year is $5.0 million,
subject to certain adjustments as defined. In the event that any outstanding award expires, is forfeited, canceled or otherwise terminated without the
issuance of shares or is otherwise settled for cash, the shares subject to such award shall again be available for awards. At December 31, 2011, there are
867,203 r emaining shares available for grant under the Incentive Plan. The number of shares available for grant under the Incentive Plan as of December
31, 2011 includes 100,000 shares of restricted common stock with performance-based vesting awarded to Mr. Clarke effective December 30, 2011
pursuant to his employment agreement. These shares are not deemed granted as of December 31, 2011 for purposes of ASC 718 because the related
performance goals were not determined by the Board of Directors as of that date.
Stock Options
Options granted under the Plan generally vest at the rate of 20% on each anniversary of the grant date, beginning with the first anniversary of the grant
date, with 100% vesting upon the fifth anniversary of the grant date and, unless terminated earlier, expire on the tenth anniversary of the grant date.
The followi ng table summarizes the Company's common stock option transactions for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. No options were
exercised during 2010 or 2009.
Weighted
Average
Number of
Shares
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
710,731 $
92,000
(21,750)
780,981
210,000
(28,928)
(244,937)
(2,250)
714,866
227,466
458,660
Forfeited
Canceled
F- 45
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
17.50
22.61
17.50
18.10
26.82
17.50
17.50
17.50
Aggregate Intrinsic
Value
(in millions) (1)
0.7
20.89
8.6
17.91
7.9
1.9
22.45
8.9
2.0
Table of Contents
The aggregate intrinsic value of options represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company's stock on
December 31, 2011 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option
holders exercised their options on December 31, 2011. This amount changes based upon the fair market value of the Company's common stock.
The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted was approximately $11.37, $8.05 and $4.66 during the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009, respectively.
The estimated fair value of the options granted was measured on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following
weighted average assumptions:
December 31,
Risk-Free Interest Rate
Expected Term
Expected Volatility
Expected Dividend Yield
2011
2010
2009
1.37%
2.39%
5.78 years
55.0%
%
2.19%
5.78 years
55.0%
%
6.5 years
40.7%
The risk-free interest rate for periods within the life of the option is based upon a blend of U.S. Treasury bond rates with maturities equal to the expected
term of the options. Prior to December 2011, the expected term assumption was derived using a binomial model analysis. Commencing with grants made
in December 2011, the expected term assumption was derived using the simplified method, as described in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 14.D.2,
"Share-Based Payment - Certain Assumptions Used in Valuation Methods" . This change in estimation methodology did not have a material impact on
the resulting estimated fair value of options granted. The expected volatility assumption is based upon the historical volatility of comparable public
companies stock as well as the implied volatility of outstanding options for the comparable companies that had such options. The dividend yield
represents the expected dividends on the Company's common stock for the expected term of the option.
As of December 31, 2011, there was approximately $3.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options granted under the Incentive
Plan. This cost is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of approximately 3.6 years. Total compensation expense
related to stock options was approximately $0.4 million and $0.8 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively. The related tax benefit recognized for 2010
totaled approximately $0.3 million. There was no tax benefit recorded for 2011. No compensation cost was recognized during the 2009 Successor Period
for stock options.
Restricted Stock
The Company has awarded performance based restricted shares of common stock to certain key employees. These shares are eligible to become vested in
annual installments beginning in 2010 based upon the achievement of specified levels of Adjusted EBITDA, as defined, for each of the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013. The shares, if any, are vested as of December 31 of each year. However, as the number of shares vesting is
contingent upon the Company's financial results, determined based upon the issuance of audited financial statements, the actual issuance of shares to
recipients does not occur until the first quarter of the following year.
The Company has also awarded time-based restricted shares of common stock to certain key employees. These shares vest annually, on the anniversary
of the date of grant, over three or five years provided the recipient remains employed by the Company.
Restricted stock has the same cash dividend and voting rights as other common stock and, once issued, is considered to be legally issued and
outstanding (even when unvested). Recipients of restricted stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if the Company pays a cash dividend on its
common stock. Such dividends are payable only upon the vesting of the related restricted shares.
F- 46
Table of Contents
2011
Number of
Shares
526,220
105,616
2010
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(500)
(264,484)
366,852 $
11.29
29.04
10.85
11.76
16.06
Number of
Shares
710,731 $
2,000
(174,761)
(11,750)
526,220 $
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
11.29
10.85
11.29
11.29
11.29
The aggregate fair value of shares vesting during 2011 and 2010 was approximately $0 million and $2.0 million, respectively. No shares vested during
the 2009 Successor Period.
Of the total number of unvested shares of restricted stock at December 31, 2011, 266,236 were performance based awards with a weighted average
estimated grant date fair value of approximately $11.29 per share, and 100,616 were time-based awards with a weighted average estimated grant date fair
value of approximately $28.70. The cost of the performance based restricted stock awards, calculated as the estimated grant date fair value, net of
estimated forfeitures, is being recognized as it becomes probable that the restricted shares, or any portion thereof, will vest. The cost of the time-based
restricted stock awards, net of estimated forfeitures, is being recognized on a straight-line basis over the related vesting period. The fair value of the 2011
and 2010 grants is based upon the closing price of the Company's stock on the date of grant. The fair value of the 2009 grants was estimated using a
combination of the income and market approaches. Total compensation expense recognized in 2011 and 2010 related to restricted stock was approximately
$0.2 million and $2.0 million, respectively. The related tax benefit recognized for 2011 and 2010 totaled approximately $0.1 million and $0.8 million,
respectively. No compensation cost was recognized during the 2009 Successor Period for restricted stock awards. At December 31, 2011, there was
approximately $5.4 million of unrecognized compensation cost with respect to restricted stock granted under the Incentive Plan. This cost is expected to be
recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.1 years.
The targeted Adjusted EBITDA for 2013 has not been established. Therefore, under ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees , a
measurement date has not occurred for accounting purposes with respect to the shares expected to vest in that year.
F- 47
Table of Contents
Pension, profit sharing and other post retirement health benefit expense charged to operations aggregated approximately $4.3 million, $3.8 million,
$0.2 million and $5.9 million for 2011, 2010, the 2009 Successor period and the 2009 Predecessor period, respectively.
The increase in pension, profit sharing and other post retirement health benefit expense for 2011 over 2010 is primarily attributable to the reinstatement of
the 401(k) matching contribution in the C-HVAC and TECH segments and acquisitions in the TECH segment, which added approximately $0.5 million
to expense. These increases were partially offset by a reduced interest cost and favorable investment return for the Company's defined benefit plans in
2010.
The decrease in pension, profit sharing and other post retirement health benefit expense for 2010 over the 2009 Successor and Predecessor periods is
primarily attributable to the elimination of the deferred loss recognition component of pension expense, reduced service and interest costs and favorable
investment return for the Company's defined benefit plans. All outstanding amortization items were recognized during fiscal 2009 as part of fresh-start
accounting (Note 3, "Fresh-Start Accounting"). Also contributing to the decrease was the suspension of the 401(k) matching contribution and reductions
in profit sharing expense in 2010 in the C-HVAC segment, offset by an increase in profit sharing expense in the RVP segment.
The Companys policy is to generally fund currently at least the minimum required annual contribution of its various qualified defined benefit plans. In
2012, the Company expects to contribute approximately $9.4 million (unaudited) to its defined benefit pension plans.
Pension Benefits
The table that follows provides a reconciliation of pension benefit obligations for the periods presented:
December 31,
2011
2010
(Amounts in millions)
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at January 1,
Service cost
Interest cost
Gain due to foreign exchange
Actuarial loss, excluding assumption changes
Actuarial loss due to assumption changes
Benefits and expenses paid
F- 48
166.1 $
0.5
8.5
(0.2)
5.3
15.3
(11.7)
183.8 $
159.5
0.4
8.9
(1.0)
1.2
9.3
(12.2)
166.1
Table of Contents
December 31,
2011
2010
(Amounts in millions)
124.1 $
(1.1)
(0.1)
7.9
(11.7)
119.1 $
116.6
15.8
(0.9)
4.8
(12.2)
124.1
As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, all of the Company's plans were underfunded. The table that follows provides a reconciliation of the funded status of
plans for the periods presented:
December 31,
2011
2010
(Amounts in millions)
Funded status and statement of financial position:
Fair value of plan assets at December 31,
119.1 $
183.8
(64.7) $
124.1
166.1
(42.0)
The following amounts were recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet for the Companys defined benefit plans at December 31, 2011
and 2010:
December 31,
2011
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
$
$
2010
(Amounts in millions)
0.7 $
64.0
64.7 $
0.6
41.4
42.0
The following amounts were recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December
31, 2011 and 2010:
December 31,
2011
2010
(Amounts in millions)
Actuarial loss, net of tax benefit of approximately
$10.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively
(20.5) $
(1.5)
The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the Company's pension plans with accumulated benefit
obligations in excess of plan assets were approximately $183.8 million, $183.4 million and $119.1 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011. The
projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the Company's pension plans with accumulated benefit
obligations in excess of plan assets were approximately $166.1 million, $166.0 million and $124.1 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2010 .
F- 49
Table of Contents
Defined Benefit
Plan Payments
(Amounts in millions)
11.8
11.9
12.0
12.1
12.3
62.9
2017-2021
The Companys pension plan assets by asset category and by investment objective for equity securities, investment funds and investments in limited
partnerships are shown in the tables below. Pension plan assets for the foreign plan relate to the Companys pension plan in the United Kingdom.
December 31, 2011
December 31, 2010
Investment
% of Total
Investment
% of Total
(Dollar amounts in millions)
Asset Category
Interest bearing cash:
Domestic plans
Government securities:
Domestic plans
Corporate debt:
Domestic plans
Equity securities:
Domestic plans
Investment funds:
Domestic plans
Investments in limited partnerships:
Domestic plans
Investments in pooled pension funds:
Foreign plan
Other investments:
Domestic plans
$
$
F- 50
1.7
1.4% $
2.3
1.9%
4.8
4.0
3.2
2.6
9.6
8.1
11.1
8.9
18.0
15.1
21.1
17.0
51.9
43.6
53.5
43.1
5.1
4.3
5.5
4.4
26.4
22.2
25.9
20.9
1.3
100.0% $
1.5
124.1
100.0%
1.6
119.1
5.3
7.6
5.1
18.0
% $
3.9
4.4
4.0
6.4
8.1
5.1
21.1
4.3
15.1% $
1.2
3.1%
3.2
6.5
4.2
17.0%
Table of Contents
The investment objective for equity securities represents the principal criteria by which investment manager performance is evaluated. Individual
investments included within these groupings may include foreign or other equity investments that are reflective of the overall investment objective for the
investment manager.
International core
Domestic mid cap value
Domestic small cap value
Domestic small cap core
International macro hedge
Fixed income
3.6
6.4
5.4
5.7
5.4
% $
4.2
2.8
8.2
4.8
4.1
3.3
4.5
2.5
5.5
4.4
3.2
2.6
5.5
4.5
3.0
1.6
1.3
51.9
17.5
43.6% $
2.6
2.5
5.1
2.2% $
2.1
4.3% $
20.8
3.4%
3.5
10.2
3.0
2.5
2.0
20.3
16.4
53.5
43.1%
2.5
2.9
0.1
2.0%
2.3
0.1
5.5
4.4%
$
Investments in pooled pension funds by investment objective:
Fixed income
International hedge
$
$
10.5
15.9
26.4
8.8% $
13.4
22.2% $
10.4
8.4%
15.5
25.9
12.5
20.9%
The Companys overall weighted-average asset allocations for its domestic and foreign plans at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:
December 31,
Asset Category
Cash and cash equivalents
Equity based
2011
2010
1.4%
58.9%
39.7%
1.9%
60.6%
37.5%
100.0%
100.0%
The Companys domestic qualified defined benefit plans and foreign pension plans assets are invested to maximize returns without undue exposure to
risk. The domestic plans investment objectives are to produce a total return exceeding the median of a universe of portfolios with similar average asset
allocation and investment style objectives, and to earn a return, net of fees, greater or equal to the long-term rate of return used by the Company in
determining pension expense. The foreign plan investment objectives for the fixed income pooled pension fund are to provide capital growth and income
primarily through investment in non-government debt securities. The foreign plan investment objectives for the international hedge pooled pension fund
are to provide positive investment returns in all market conditions over the medium to long-term and the investment strategies include the use of advanced
derivative techniques that result in a highly diversified portfolio. As indicated in the tables above, investment risk for both the domestic and foreign plans
are controlled by maintaining a portfolio of assets
F- 51
Table of Contents
The following tables sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy (see Note 4, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies ), the pension plan
assets carried at fair value as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:
Interest-bearing cash
U.S. government securities
Corporate debt
Equity securities
Investment funds
Investments in limited partnerships
Investments in pooled pension funds
Other long-term investments
Interest-bearing cash
U.S. government securities
Corporate debt
Equity securities
Investment funds
Investments in limited partnerships
Investments in pooled pension funds
Other long-term investments
4.8
9.6
9.6
18.0
18.0
51.9
51.9
5.1
5.1
26.4
26.4
1.6
1.6
$
114.0 $
$
5.1 $
119.1
Assets at Fair Value as of December 31, 2010
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
(Amounts in millions)
$
2.3 $
$
$
2.3
3.2
3.2
11.1
11.1
21.1
21.1
53.5
53.5
5.5
5.5
25.9
25.9
1.5
1.5
$
118.6 $
$
5.5 $
124.1
The table below sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Plans Level 3 assets for the year ended December 31, 2011:
F- 52
Table of Contents
2011
2010
2009
3.00% - 4.70%
4.00% - 5.40%
4.00% - 5.40%
4.50% - 6.00%
4.50% - 6.00%
4.50% - 6.00%
6.72% - 7.75%
6.72% - 7.75%
6.75% - 7.75%
2.00% - 3.00%
2.00% - 3.00%
2.00% - 3.00%
The Company utilizes long-term investment-grade bond yields as the basis for selecting a discount rate by which plan obligations are measured. An
analysis of projected cash flows for each plan is performed in order to determine plan-specific duration. Discount rates are selected based on high quality
corporate bond yields of similar durations.
The Companys net periodic benefit cost for its defined benefit plans for the periods presented consist of the following components:
Successor
Jan. 1, 2010 Dec. 20, 2009 Dec. 31, 2010
Dec. 31, 2009
(Amounts in millions)
0.5 $
0.4 $
8.5
8.9
0.4
(9.3)
(8.5)
(0.4)
(0.3) $
0.8 $
Predecessor
Jan. 1, 2009 Dec. 19, 2009
0.6
8.9
(7.1)
0.6
$
3.0
The adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income represents the net unrecognized actuarial gains and losses. These amounts will be recognized
in future periods as components of net periodic pension cost. The Company expects to recognize approximately $0.8 million in accumulated other
comprehensive income as components of net periodic benefit cost in the year ended December 31, 2012.
Other changes in assets and obligations recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) for 2011, 2010, the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009
Predecessor Period consist of net losses of approximately $20.5 million (net of tax of approximately $10.4 million), net losses of approximately
$2.3 million (net of tax of approximately $0.9 million), net gains of approximately $0.8 million (net of tax of approximately $0.3 million) and net gains of
approximately $5.2 million (net of tax of approximately $1.8 million), respectively.
F- 53
Table of Contents
December 31,
2011
2010
(Amounts in millions)
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at January 1,
Interest cost
Actuarial gain excluding assumption changes
Actuarial loss due to assumption changes
Benefits and expenses paid
6.9 $
6.7
0.2
(1.1)
0.1
(0.8)
0.3
(0.1)
0.1
(0.1)
5.3 $
6.9
The table that follows provides a reconciliation of the plan assets of the Companys post retirement health benefit plans for the periods presented:
December 31,
2011
2010
(Amounts in millions)
Employer contribution
Benefits and expenses paid
0.8
(0.8)
0.1
(0.1)
The table that follows provides a reconciliation of the funded status of the Companys post retirement health benefit plans for the periods presented:
December 31,
2011
2010
(Amounts in millions)
Funded status and statement of financial position:
Fair value of plan assets
Benefit obligation
$
5.3
(5.3) $
6.9
(6.9)
Table of Contents
The following amounts were recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet for the Companys post retirement health benefit plans at
December 31, 2011 and 2010:
December 31,
2011
(Amounts in millions)
3.3 $
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
2010
0.4
6.5
6.9
2.0
5.3
At December 31, 2011, the expected post retirement health benefit payments for the Company's post retirement health benefit plans were as follows:
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
3.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
2017-2021
1.0
The Companys net periodic benefit cost for its post retirement health benefit plans for the periods presented consists of the following components:
Successor
Jan. 1, 2010 Dec. 20, 2009 Dec. 31, 2010
Dec. 31, 2009
(Amounts in millions)
0.2 $
0.3 $
(0.1)
(0.1)
$
0.3 $
Predecessor
Jan. 1, 2009 Dec. 19, 2009
0.3
(0.2)
0.1
The Company's net periodic benefit cost for its post retirement health benefit plans for 2011 reflects settlement accounting resulting from the retirement of
Mr. Bready in the second quarter of 2011 (see Note 15, " Retirement of Richard L. Bready").
The adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income represents the net unrecognized actuarial gains and losses. These amounts will be recognized
in future periods as components of net periodic pension cost. The Company expects to recognize a credit of approximately $0.2 million in accumulated
other comprehensive income as components of net periodic benefit cost in the year ended December 31, 2012.
The amount recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) for 2011 was a net gain of approximately $0.5 million (net of tax of approximately $0.3
million) and for the 2009 Predecessor Period was a loss of approximately $0.4 million. At December 19, 2009, prior to the fresh-start adjustment to
eliminate accumulated other comprehensive income, a gain of approximately $0.2 million was recognized in other comprehensive income. There were no
amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income for 2010 or the 2009 Successor Period.
For purposes of calculating the post retirement health benefit cost, a medical inflation rate of 7.50% and 8.25% was assumed for 2011 and 2010,
respectively. For both 2011 and 2010, the rate was assumed to decrease gradually to an ultimate rate of 5.0% by 2014. A one percentage point change in
assumed health care cost trends does not have a significant effect on the amount of liabilities recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31,
2011.
F- 55
Table of Contents
2013
2014
2015
2016
Thereafter
Certain of these lease agreements provide for increased payments based on changes in the consumer price index. Under certain of these lease agreements,
the Company or its subsidiaries are also obligated to pay insurance and taxes.
Rental expense charged to continuing operations in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations was approximately $31.2 million, $32.2
million, $1.2 million and $31.5 million for 2011, 2010, the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively.
The Predecessors former subsidiary, Ply Gem, guaranteed third party obligations relating to rental payments through June 30, 2016 for a facility leased
by a former subsidiary, which was sold on September 21, 2001. The Predecessor indemnified these guarantees in connection with the sale of Ply Gem on
February 12, 2004. During the 2009 Predecessor Period, the Predecessor paid approximately $3.3 million in exchange for a release from the
indemnification agreement. This event resulted in a reduction of approximately $3.9 million to SG&A in the accompanying consolidated statement of
operations for the 2009 Predecessor Period. In connection with the bankruptcy, the Company recovered approximately $1.2 million from the settlement
and recognized this amount in Gain on Reorganization Items, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
The Company has indemnified third parties for certain matters in a number of transactions involving dispositions of former subsidiaries. The Company
has recorded liabilities in relation to these indemnifications of approximately $5.5 million at December 31, 2011, of which approximately $2.3 million are
recorded in accrued expenses and approximately $3.2 million are recorded in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. At
December 31, 2011, the undiscounted future payments related to these indemnifications are estimated to be approximately $6.0 million. At December 31,
2010, the Company had recorded liabilities in relation to these indemnifications of approximately $5.7 million, of which approximately $2.2 million was
recorded in accrued expenses and approximately $3.5 million was recorded in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
The Company sells a number of products and offers a number of warranties including, in some instances, extended warranties for which the Company
receives proceeds. The specific terms and conditions of these warranties vary depending on the product sold and the country in which the product is
sold. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its warranties, with the exception of extended warranties, and records a liability for
such costs at the time of sale. Deferred revenue from extended warranties is recorded at estimated fair value and is amortized over the life of the warranty
and periodically reviewed to ensure that the amount recorded is equal to or greater than estimated future costs. Factors that affect the Companys warranty
liability include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, cost per claim and new product introduction. The
Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty claims and adjusts the amounts as necessary. In 2010, these assessments resulted
in a reduction to the Company's warranty liability by approximately $4.8 million, thereby decreasing net loss by approximately $3.0 million, or
approximately $0.20 per share.
F- 56
Table of Contents
Changes in the Companys combined short-term and long-term warranty liabilities (see Note 14, Accrued Expenses and Taxes, Net and Other LongTerm Liabilities) during the periods presented are as follows:
December 31,
2011
Balance, beginning of period
Warranties provided during period
Settlements made during period
Changes in liability estimate, including
expirations and acquisitions
2010
(Amounts in millions)
55.9 $
54.3
26.3
29.4
(29.7)
(25.2)
3.8
56.3 $
(2.6)
55.9
In the fourth quarter of 2009, two of the Company's subsidiaries in the TECH segment began shipping security products to a new customer under an
agreement to manufacture and sell these security products. Under this agreement, the Company recognized net sales of approximately $98.1 million and
$52.1 million during 2011 and 2010, respectively. The agreement includes payment terms which are extended beyond the subsidiaries' normal payment
terms. The Company has determined that cash basis accounting treatment is appropriate for revenue recognition under this agreement. Accordingly, the
Company has deferred revenue recognition on approximately $6.3 million and $9.2 million of net sales at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively,
and recorded the cost basis of related inventory shipped of approximately $4.8 million and $6.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, in
other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. In addition, included in inventory is approximately $3.5 million and $6.1 million at
December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, of inventory related to this customer. As only limited cash collection history was available in periods prior to
December 31, 2009, the Company recorded loss contingency reserves of approximately $3.0 million against cost of products sold in 2009. Based on
collection experience with this customer throughout 2010, the Company believed that it would be able to recover all revenue on the inventories shipped to
this customer. Based on this, in the third quarter of 2010, the Company reversed the $3.0 million loss contingency reserve that was previously provided
against cost of products sold in 2009.
During the fourth quarter of 2011, the customer made approximately $13.3 million of delinquent payments that were scheduled to be received in the third
quarter of 2011. In the fourth quarter, the customer notified the Company of a product recall issue related to certain products that the Company provided
to the customer who in turn sold such products to third parties. The Company has agreed to reimburse the customer approximately $4.5 million for the
cost of this recall, and this amount was charged to earnings in 2011. The Company made approximately $4.2 million in progress payments to the
customer for the product recall in the fourth quarter of 2011, including approximately $1.3 million which was withheld by the customer from a payment
made in December. As of December 31, 2011, the customer owed the Company $6.3 million, substantially all of which was received in the first quarter
of 2012. The Company will work towards maintaining a longer ongoing relationship beyond 2012, but cannot offer any assurance that it will be
successful. The Company will continue to closely monitor the situation with this customer. As the Company records revenue on the cash basis of
accounting for this customer, the failure to receive scheduled payments in the future would result in a corresponding reduction to the Company's revenue
and cost of goods sold.
The Company is subject to other contingencies, including legal proceedings and claims, arising out of its businesses that cover a wide range of matters
including, among others, environmental matters, contract and employment claims, product liability, warranty and modification and adjustment or
replacement of component parts of units sold, which include product recalls. Product liability, environmental and other legal proceedings also include
matters with respect to businesses previously owned. The Company has used various substances in its products and manufacturing operations which
have been or may be deemed to be hazardous or dangerous, and the extent of its potential liability, if any, under environmental, product liability and
workers' compensation statutes, rules, regulations and case law is unclear. Further, due to the lack of adequate information and the potential impact of
present regulations and any future regulations, there are certain circumstances in which no range of potential exposure may be reasonably estimated.
The Company has undertaken several voluntary product recalls and reworks over the past several years, and additional product recalls and reworks
could result in material costs. Many of the Company's products, especially certain models of bath fans, range hoods, and residential furnaces and air
conditioners, have a large installed base, and any recalls and reworks related to
F- 57
Table of Contents
While it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to contingent liabilities, including lawsuits, warranty, product
liability, environmental liabilities and product recalls, the Company believes that the aggregate amount of such liabilities, if any, in excess of amounts
provided or covered by insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or
liquidity. It is possible, however, that results of operations for any particular future period could be materially affected by changes in the Company's
assumptions or strategies related to these contingencies or changes that are not within the Company's control.
Through these segments, the Company manufactures and sells, primarily in the United States, Canada and Europe, a wide variety of products for the
remodeling and replacement markets, the residential and commercial new construction markets, the manufactured housing market and the personal and
enterprise computer markets.
The Company's performance is significantly impacted by the levels of residential replacement and remodeling activity, as well as the levels of residential
and non-residential new construction. New residential and non-residential construction activity and, to a lesser extent, residential remodeling and
replacement activity, are affected by seasonality and cyclical factors such as interest rates, credit availability, inflation, consumer spending, employment
levels and other macroeconomic factors, over which the Company has no control.
The RVP segment primarily manufactures and sells room and whole house ventilation and other products primarily for the professional remodeling and
replacement markets, the residential new construction market and the do-it-yourself ("DIY") market. The principal products sold by this segment include
kitchen range hoods, exhaust fans (such as bath fans and fan, heater and light combination units) and indoor air quality products.
The TECH segment manufactures and distributes a broad array of products designed to provide convenience and security for residential and certain
commercial applications. The principal product categories sold in this segment include audio/video distribution and control equipment, security and
access control products, and digital display mounting and mobility products.
The R-HVAC segment manufactures and sells heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems for site-built residential and manufactured housing
structures and certain commercial markets. The principal products sold by the segment are split-system and packaged air conditioners and heat pumps,
air handlers, furnaces and related equipment.
The C-HVAC segment manufactures and sells heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems for custom-designed commercial applications to meet
customer specifications. The principal products sold by the segment are large custom rooftop cooling and heating products.
Sales of the Companys kitchen range hoods and exhaust fans within the RVP segment accounted for approximately 11.9% and 9.2%, respectively, of
consolidated net sales for 2011, approximately 14.1% and 10.3%, respectively, of consolidated net sales in 2010 and approximately 14.2% and 10.3%,
respectively, of consolidated net sales in 2009. Sales of the Companys commercial air handlers within the C-HVAC segment accounted for approximately
11.4%, 10.9% and 11.9% of consolidated net sales in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Sales of the Company's digital display mounting and mobility
products accounted for approximately 12.7% of consolidated net sales in 2011. No other single product class accounts for 10% or more of consolidated
net sales.
The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 4, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies . The Company
evaluates segment performance based on operating earnings before allocations of corporate overhead
F- 58
Table of Contents
accounting adjustments, including intangible assets amortization and goodwill, are reflected in the applicable operating segment, which are the
Companys reporting units, with the exception of the TECH operating segment, which has two reporting units. Unallocated assets consist primarily of
cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, prepaid and deferred income taxes, deferred debt expense and long-term restricted investments and
marketable securities.
Net sales and operating earnings (loss) for the Companys segments and pre-tax (loss) earnings for the Company are presented in the table that follows for
the periods presented:
Successor
Predecessor
Net sales:
Residential ventilation products
Technology products
Residential HVAC products
Commercial HVAC products
2,140.5
32.6
57.6
434.9
1.4
12.0
103.6
(8.7)
(31.8)
63.1
(105.6)
(33.8)
Interest expense
591.2
735.8
378.6
0.1
$
F- 59
602.7
463.6
470.5
362.5
1,899.3
15.1
44.0
56.1
12.1
23.6
5.7
97.5
0.7 $
1.0
(0.8)
(2.0)
13.3
8.9
6.7
(26.9)
70.6
(95.7)
567.9
387.5
417.3
391.2
1,763.9
(1.1)
53.3
(275.0)
16.0
41.7
(164.0)
(22.5)
3.9
(0.1)
(20.8)
(1.2)
(3.6)
(203.4)
(135.6)
(76.2)
0.1
(25.0)
(4.8)
(338.8)
0.2
619.1
(76.2) $
(25.0) $
(4.8)
280.3
Table of Contents
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
In 2011, includes (1) approximately $16.9 million (of which approximately $13.5 million was recorded during the fourth quarter of 2011) of severance and other
charges relating to exit and disposal activities and (2) a decrease in product liability expense of approximately $8.2 million (of which approximately $7.9 million occurred
in the fourth quarter of 2011) as compared to 2010 as a result of favorable settlement of claims primarily in the fourth quarter of 2011. In 2010, includes a reduction
in warranty reserves of approximately $4.1 million due to the Company's change in estimate of expected warranty claims and a charge of approximately $1.9 million
related to a product safety upgrade program. In 2009, includes approximately $1.9 million of severance charges related to certain reduction in workforce initiatives.
In 2011, includes approximately $1.2 million of severance and other charges relating to exit and disposal activities and approximately $4.9 million of additional warranty
expense related to a certain customer. In 2010, includes approximately $4.5 million of severance and other charges related to the closure of certain facilities and a gain of
approximately $3.0 million related to the reversal of a loss contingency reserve that was previously provided in 2009 related to one of the Company's subsidiaries. In
2009, includes a loss contingency reserve of approximately $3.0 million related to one of the Company's subsidiaries and valuation reserves of approximately $2.8
million related to certain assets of a foreign subsidiary that was shutdown in 2010.
In 2011, includes an increase in product liability expense of approximately $1.7 million as compared to 2010 resulting from a reduction in expense from favorable
settlement of claims that occurred in 2010.
In 2011, includes a decrease of approximately $1.0 million in product liability expense as compared to 2010 primarily as a result of the favorable settlement of claims. In
2010, includes a reduction in warranty reserves of approximately $0.7 million due to the Company's change in estimate of expected warranty claims. In 2009, includes
approximately $1.1 million of severance charges related to certain reduction in workforce initiatives implemented, approximately $1.3 million of expense related to early
lease termination charges, and a gain of approximately $0.6 million related to the sale of assets related to one of the Company's foreign subsidiaries.
In 2011, includes approximately $0.8 million of CEO transition expenses and approximately $1.4 million of outside consulting fees relating to strategic reviews. In
2010, includes non-cash share-based compensation expense of approximately $2.0 million, a gain of approximately $2.7 million relating to the reversal of a portion of a
loss contingency reserve provided in prior periods, and approximately $2.2 million of fees and expenses associated with the acquisition of Ergotron. In 2009, includes a
gain of approximately $0.7 million related to the favorable settlement of litigation.
See Note 2, Reorganization Under Chapter 11", Note 3, Fresh-Start Accounting, Note 7, Income Taxes, and Note 11, Commitments and
Contingencies , with respect to certain other income (expense) items affecting segment earnings (loss).
F- 60
Table of Contents
Amortization expense:
Residential ventilation products(1)
Technology products(2)
Residential HVAC products(3)
Commercial HVAC products(4)
Unallocated
Consolidated amortization expense
13.6
9.4
11.6
6.4
0.2
16.2
5.9
5.7
0.6
10.0
5.8
0.2
5.8
0.2
1.6
35.0
1.4
7.0
10.3
0.7
4.7
42.5
15.3
18.4
18.4
13.1
14.4
41.2
1.2
5.9
52.7
0.2
30.3
0.6
Predecessor
Jan. 1, 2009 Dec. 19, 2009
0.4
1.6
1.7
0.2
1.4
10.7
49.2
5.9
4.6
22.7
Capital Expenditures:
Residential ventilation products
Technology products
Residential HVAC products
Commercial HVAC products
Unallocated
Consolidated capital expenditures
4.9
8.5
2.6
5.0
3.3
0.1
21.1
5.5
2.5
3.0
1.4
7.3
0.3
8.5
17.9
0.3
0.1
0.1
19.8
0.5
(1)
Includes amortization of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold of approximately $1.4 million,
$0.9 million and $0.4 million for 2010, the 2009 Successor and 2009 Predecessor Periods, respectively.
(2)
Includes amortization of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold of approximately $7.5 million, $9.3
million and $1.2 million for 2011, 2010 and the 2009 Successor Period, respectively.
(3)
Includes amortization of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold of approximately $0.4 million, $0.8
million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million for 2011, 2010, the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively.
(4)
Includes amortization of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold of approximately $0.7 million and
$0.8 million for 2010 and the 2009 Successor Period, respectively.
F- 61
Table of Contents
December 31,
2011
2010
(Amounts in millions)
Segment Assets:
Unallocated:
Cash and cash equivalents, including current restricted cash
Prepaid income taxes
Other assets, including long-term restricted investments and marketable securities
58.3
38.7
38.0
Consolidated assets
670.0
748.2
168.4
218.3
1,804.9
1,939.9
706.8
762.9
199.7
199.6
1,869.0
57.8
16.9
27.4
1,971.1
Foreign net sales were approximately 21.6%, 20.0%, 14.0% and 20.1% of consolidated net sales for 2011, 2010, the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009
Predecessor Period, respectively. Foreign net sales are attributed based on the location of the Companys subsidiary responsible for the sale. Excluding
financial instruments and deferred income taxes, foreign long-lived assets were approximately 10.5% and 9.9% of consolidated long-lived assets at
December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The Company operates internationally and is exposed to market risks from changes in foreign exchange rates. Financial instruments, which potentially
subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of temporary cash investments and trade receivables. The Company places its
temporary cash investments with high credit quality financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution.
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Companys customer base
and their dispersion across many different geographical regions. These risks are not significantly dissimilar among the Companys four reporting
segments. Accounts receivable from customers related to foreign operations was approximately 26.5% and 29.6% of total accounts receivable at
December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
No single customer accounts for 10% or more of consolidated net sales or accounts receivable.
During 2010, the Company announced the formation of its new audio/visual control company within the TECH segment called The AVC Group, LLC
("The AVC Group"). Upon the formation of The AVC Group, the operations of Niles Audio Corporation, Elan Home Systems, L.L.C. and Xantech LLC
were combined to improve the overall operational efficiencies of these companies. In conjunction with the formation of The AVC Group, the Company
consolidated and shutdown certain of its facilities and, as a result, recorded net expenses within SG&A of approximately $0.4 million for 2011 consisting
of severance and other expenses. During 2010, the Company recorded approximately $2.8 million (of which approximately $2.6 million was recorded
within SG&A) of severance and other expenses related to this activity. The Company does not anticipate recording any additional expenses related to
severance or other costs associated with this activity.
The Company has also restructured its Imerge Limited ("Imerge"), Aigis Mechtronics, Inc. ("Aigis") and Lite Touch, Inc. ("Lite Touch") facilities within
the TECH segment. As a result, during 2011, the Company recorded expenses within SG&A and COGS of approximately $0.6 million and $0.2
million, respectively, related to severance and other costs. During 2010, the Company recorded expenses within SG&A of approximately $1.6 million
related to these activities. The Company does not anticipate recording any additional expenses associated with these restructuring activities.
In 2011, management approved a plan to reduce costs and improve production efficiencies at the Company's subsidiary, Best,
F- 62
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the restructuring activity discussed above, and other less significant restructuring activity, in the accompanying
consolidated statement of operations for 2011:
Balance
12/31/10
Provision
2.0
0.1
2.1
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.1
3.0
2.1
15.0
17.1
0.8
0.1
2.9
$
Payments
and Asset
Write Downs
(Amounts in millions)
2.9
15.1
18.0
(3.3)
(0.3) $
(3.3)
(0.8)
(6.6)
(1.1)
(1.6)
(0.1)
(1.7)
0.1
(4.9)
(0.2)
(0.8)
(3.4)
Balance
12/31/11
Other
(8.3)
0.5
11.0
11.5
0.2
0.1
0.2
(1.0) $
0.7
11.0
11.7
Employee separation expenses are comprised of severance, vacation, outplacement and retention bonus payments. Other restructuring costs include
expenses associated with asset write-downs, terminating other contractual arrangements, costs to prepare facilities for closure, and costs to move
equipment and products to other facilities.
F- 63
Table of Contents
14. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND TAXES, NET AND OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
Accrued expenses and taxes, net, included in current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, consist of the following at December 31,
2011 and 2010:
December 31,
2011
2010
(Amounts in millions)
53.7 $
50.1
7.8
8.6
1.4
0.8
5.6
13.5
3.5
29.2
5.5
10.7
3.0
28.9
32.9
52.7
193.2
30.2
64.1
209.0
Accrued expenses, included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, consist of the following at December 31, 2011
and 2010:
December 31,
2011
2010
(Amounts in millions)
64.0 $
41.4
27.1
27.0
2.0
6.5
58.4
57.8
1.4
4.1
1.0
4.1
8.2
42.6
207.8
33.3
171.1
due under Mr. Bready's existing employment agreement, with a tax gross-up; and (iii) approximately $750,000, payable over 18 months in equal
installments in respect of certain perquisites set forth in Mr. Bready's employment agreement. Due to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, and pursuant to Company policy, the cash payments noted above that are due to Mr. Bready in connection with his separation
from service will be delayed for a period of six months. Cash payments that are due to Mr. Bready in connection with his separation from service began
on January 3, 2012. All unvested equity awards held by Mr. Bready as of the Retirement Date were forfeited, except that half of his stock options that
would have vested in 2011 were deemed vested. Mr. Bready's vested stock options will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) five years from the
Retirement Date or (ii) the expiration date of
F- 64
Table of Contents
the stock options. As a result, the Company recorded approximately $8.7 million of severance expense within SG&A during 2011 related to the
Separation Agreement.
week periods and one 5-week period, with each week ending on a Saturday. The Companys fiscal year always begins on January 1 and ends on
December 31. As a result, the Companys first and fourth quarters may have more or less days included than a traditional 4-4-5 fiscal calendar, which
consists of 91 days.
The table that follows summarizes unaudited quarterly financial data for 2011:
April 2
2011
Net sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expense, net
Depreciation expense
Amortization expense
Operating earnings
Net loss
Net loss per share:
Basic loss per share
Diluted loss per share
488.6
127.0
113.2
10.3
19.2
1.9
(21.1)
$
$
(1.40) $
(1.40) $
564.9 $
152.8
121.1
9.9
11.0
20.8
(31.9)
(2.11) $
(2.11) $
551.8
142.2
117.1
10.2
11.2
535.2
150.7
113.4
10.8
11.3
14.0
(2.1)
26.4
(0.14) $
(0.05)
(0.05)
(0.8)
(0.14) $
The table that follows summarizes unaudited quarterly financial data for 2010:
April 3
2010
Net sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expense, net
Depreciation expense
Amortization expense
Operating earnings
Net (loss) earnings
Net (loss) earnings per share:
Basic (loss) earnings per share
Diluted (loss) earnings per share
430.9
111.0
96.3
10.5
20.2
4.2
(13.4)
$
$
(0.89) $
(0.89) $
509.0
138.8
101.6
462.8
122.5
101.9
11.1
7.9
12.6
(10.1)
$
$
(0.67)
(0.67)
100.1
10.5
8.7
26.7
9.8
10.4
12.4
27.1
0.3
0.02
0.02
496.6
135.2
$
$
0.65
0.64
See Note 7, Income Taxes, Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies , Note 12, Segment Information and Concentration of Credit Risk ,
and Note 15, "Retirement of Richard L. Bready", as well as Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Item 7 of Part II of this report, regarding certain other quarterly transactions which impact the operating results in the above tables, including financing
activities, new accounting pronouncements, income taxes, acquisitions, sales volume, material costs, rationalization and relocation of manufacturing
operations, material procurement strategies and other items.
F- 65
Table of Contents
Consolidating balance sheets related to Nortek, the Guarantors and non-Guarantor subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and the
related consolidating statements of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 (Successor) and 2010 (Successor), the period
December 20, 2009 to December 31, 2009 (Successor) and the period January 1, 2009 to December 19, 2009 (Predecessor) are reflected below in order to
comply with the reporting requirements for guarantor subsidiaries.
Parent
Guarantor
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries
Nortek
Consolidated
Eliminations
(Amounts in millions)
Net Sales
1,736.9
(289.8) $
2,140.5
612.0
(289.7)
(289.7)
1,567.8
464.8
44.8
2,077.4
693.4
1,245.5
335.2
42.3
89.2
2.5
40.4
1,623.0
703.7
40.4
(40.4)
113.9
(10.3)
(0.1)
63.1
Interest expense
(102.6)
(1.9)
(1.1)
(105.6)
(33.8)
0.1
(176.8)
112.0
(11.3)
(0.1)
(76.2)
(33.8)
0.1
taxes
100.6
(72.2)
0.3
(28.7)
(76.2)
39.8
(11.0)
(28.8)
(20.3)
14.6
6.1
(20.7)
(55.9)
F- 66
25.2
(17.1)
(8.1) $
(76.2)
(20.3)
(55.9)
Table of Contents
Parent
Guarantor
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries
Nortek
Consolidated
Eliminations
(Amounts in millions)
Net Sales
1,563.6
504.5
(168.8) $
1,899.3
1,131.4
429.1
(168.7)
1,391.8
26.9
300.9
72.1
399.9
33.7
3.3
26.9
1,466.0
504.5
(168.7)
(26.9)
97.6
Interest expense
(92.2)
(1.9)
(1.6)
(119.1)
Investment income
37.0
1,828.7
(0.1)
70.6
(95.7)
0.1
95.7
(1.5)
(0.1)
(25.0)
0.1
94.1
(65.1)
(0.4)
(28.6)
(25.0)
30.6
(1.9)
(28.7)
(25.0)
(11.6)
8.2
6.5
(8.4) $
(14.7)
(11.6)
(14.0) $
(13.4)
taxes
(13.4)
F- 67
22.4
Table of Contents
Parent
Guarantor
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries
Nortek
Consolidated
Eliminations
(Amounts in millions)
Net Sales
38.5
10.3
(4.8)
44.0
Interest expense
(Loss) income before charges and allocations to
subsidiaries and equity in subsidiaries' (loss)
earnings before income taxes
(3.5)
29.5
7.3
1.4
38.2
0.3
10.3
(4.6)
1.2
(3.5)
0.1
11.6
(4.6)
35.2
8.5
1.5
45.2
(1.3)
(0.2)
(1.2)
(0.1)
(3.6)
0.3
(1.4)
(0.2)
(4.8)
(1.3)
(1.8)
0.1
3.0
(4.8)
(1.5)
(1.3)
(1.4)
(0.6)
0.1
2.8
0.5
(4.8)
(3.4) $
(0.9)
taxes
F- 68
(1.4)
2.3
(1.4)
(3.4)
Table of Contents
Parent
Guarantor
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries
Nortek
Consolidated
Eliminations
(Amounts in millions)
Net Sales
1,453.2
431.4
(120.7) $
1,763.9
1,037.6
348.9
(120.5)
1,266.0
17.2
282.4
73.0
372.6
22.5
284.0
19.2
3.0
39.7
1,623.2
424.9
(120.5)
6.5
(0.2)
(203.4)
(1.9)
(135.6)
0.1
(39.7)
(170.0)
Interest expense
(132.2)
0.1
(1.5)
Investment income
22.5
284.0
22.2
1,967.3
0.2
(171.8)
(171.5)
4.7
(0.2)
(338.8)
470.4
109.7
39.0
619.1
298.6
(61.8)
43.7
(0.2)
280.3
(18.3)
(22.3)
(0.1)
40.7
280.3
(84.1)
43.6
40.5
280.3
85.0
195.3
94.0
25.0
18.6
(119.0)
taxes
Earnings (loss) before provision (benefit) for
income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net earnings (loss)
F- 69
(178.1) $
159.5
85.0
$
195.3
Table of Contents
Parent
Guarantor
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries
Nortek
Consolidated
Eliminations
(Amounts in millions)
ASSETS:
Current Assets:
17.8
0.1
17.0
9.3 $
206.8
(23.9)
231.6
11.8
15.1
19.7
41.1
470.4
213.9
0.5
140.0
70.7
1,192.1
25.1
1,217.2
1,258.8
171.3
290.6
621.9
17.5
1,101.3
1,711.7
0.7
5.5
Inventories, net
Prepaid expenses
31.1
0.1
67.1
23.2
76.7
58.2
0.1
273.9
(4.1)
304.2
4.7
9.0
(0.6)
(4.7)
22.0
23.6
38.7
720.7
211.2
2.0
Other assets
Total other long-term assets
Total Assets
(44.0)
15.0
37.3
0.6
8.9
293.5
(1,319.4)
(1,319.4)
(1,324.1) $
305.6
659.2
43.2
1,008.0
1,939.9
28.5
2.1
36.2
66.8
1.3
1.6
86.1
39.6
128.6
2.0
72.6
133.2
207.8
1.3
32.1
160.8
209.0
403.2
Other Liabilities:
(21.6)
53.7
32.1
148.5
122.4
270.9
12.3
31.7
(1.8)
44.0
(1.8)
1,079.5
14.6
17.0
80.4
1,218.4
103.9
1,258.8
F- 70
1,711.7
293.5
(1,322.3)
(1,324.1) $
137.4
207.8
345.2
1,111.1
80.4
1,939.9
Table of Contents
Parent
Guarantor
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries
Nortek
Consolidated
Eliminations
(Amounts in millions)
ASSETS:
Current Assets:
16.0
20.4
0.1
77.2
26.0
75.9
4.5
8.2
1.7
57.7
0.1
280.8
313.5
15.9
214.0
(4.4)
16.9
717.2
0.6
157.1
77.8
235.5
1,236.6
16.3
1,252.9
1,285.7
134.0
280.1
663.6
14.2
1,091.9
1,724.4
(20.8)
12.0
31.4
0.8
Prepaid expenses
2.4
203.6
6.3
6.1
32.2
1.4
Inventories, net
21.3
(27.4)
241.1
9.0
18.7
9.1
475.4
(3.5)
(0.9)
32.3
Other assets
Total other long-term assets
Total Assets
23.4
315.2
(1,349.8)
(1,349.8)
(1,354.2) $
292.1
695.0
31.3
1,018.4
1,971.1
4.0
Accounts payable
19.3
23.3
5.0
83.9
123.9
212.8
8.6
2.7
1.5
87.8
50.0
150.6
8.6
7.7
1.5
175.7
193.2
386.7
Other Liabilities:
(12.8)
13.7
16.9
30.6
(1.7)
25.2
153.5
116.2
269.7
1,078.4
13.2
10.2
158.8
1,228.7
123.8
38.0
1,285.7
F- 71
1,724.4
315.2
152.7
171.1
(1.7)
323.8
(1,352.5)
$
(1,354.2) $
1,101.8
158.8
1,971.1
Table of Contents
Parent
Guarantor
Non-Guarantor
Nortek
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries
Consolidated
(Amounts in millions)
Cash Flows from operating activities:
(121.6) $
185.5
17.0
80.9
Capital expenditures
(0.1)
(14.8)
(6.2)
(21.1)
(5.8)
(25.1)
(30.9)
(5.3)
0.5
0.2
(44.5)
0.7
(5.2)
Other, net
Net cash used in investing activities
(5.3)
1.3
0.2
0.1
(55.7)
0.1
0.1
(6.0)
Increase in borrowings
50.0
5.3
27.5
82.8
Payment of borrowings
(102.6)
(6.9)
(30.8)
(140.3)
500.0
348.2
(753.3)
(59.6)
500.0
348.2
(753.3)
(59.6)
(2.7)
(2.7)
(3.0)
2.7
0.3
(154.2)
2.7
151.5
0.1
0.1
0.2
128.6
(153.0)
(0.3)
(24.7)
1.8
(12.0)
10.7
0.5
16.0
21.3
20.4
57.7
Other, net
F- 72
17.8
9.3
31.1
58.2
Table of Contents
Parent
Guarantor
Non-Guarantor
Nortek
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries
Consolidated
(Amounts in millions)
Cash Flows from operating activities:
(145.7) $
177.7
14.9
46.9
Capital expenditures
0.1
(19.8)
(285.2)
0.4
1.2
(20.2)
(303.4)
(0.3)
(13.4)
(6.1)
(76.1)
(209.1)
0.1
0.7
0.4
10.8
0.1
(65.4)
4.2
(15.0)
Other, net
Net cash used in investing activities
0.4
(0.2)
(217.8)
Increase in borrowings
Payment of borrowings
Net proceeds from the sale of the 10% Senior
90.1
43.0
133.1
(95.0)
(2.2)
(51.9)
(149.1)
250.0
52.1
(8.9)
250.0
(9.5)
(52.1)
183.5
Other, net
F- 73
(9.5)
0.1
224.6
(27.6)
0.1
50.0
9.9
(14.2)
(31.9)
43.6
11.4
34.6
89.6
16.0
21.3
20.4
57.7
Table of Contents
Parent
Guarantor
Non-Guarantor
Nortek
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries
Consolidated
(Amounts in millions)
Cash Flows from operating activities:
(1.6) $
4.0
4.4
6.8
Capital expenditures
(0.3)
(0.2)
0.6
(0.5)
0.6
Other, net
0.1
(0.1)
(0.2)
(0.2)
0.7
(0.4)
(0.4)
(0.1)
0.3
0.3
Payment of borrowings
(4.1)
(4.1)
7.0
(7.0)
7.0
(7.0)
(3.8)
(3.8)
6.1
(3.4)
0.2
2.9
34.4
86.7
Increase in borrowings
37.5
F- 74
43.6
14.8
11.4
34.6
89.6
Table of Contents
Parent
Guarantor
Non-Guarantor
Nortek
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries
Consolidated
(Amounts in millions)
Cash Flows from operating activities:
(183.1) $
175.6
28.9
21.4
(11.3)
(6.6)
(17.9)
(14.1)
(14.1)
1.3
0.7
0.2
2.2
(0.7)
(1.2)
Other, net
(0.2)
(0.9)
0.4
(25.6)
(0.5)
(1.8)
(8.7)
(33.9)
Increase in borrowings
20.0
44.7
64.7
Payment of borrowings
(75.0)
(7.7)
(61.1)
(143.8)
(4.1)
135.2
(135.2)
0.2
Capital expenditures
(2.9)
Other, net
F- 75
(4.1)
0.2
(106.6)
7.3
3.8
(83.0)
(95.5)
144.1
7.5
30.6
182.2
76.1
37.5
(16.4)
(142.7)
14.8
34.4
86.7
Table of Contents
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nortek, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders investment (deficit), and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 (Successor) and 2010
(Successor), the period December 20, 2009 to December 31, 2009 (Successor) and the period January 1, 2009 to December 19, 2009 (Predecessor). Our
audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index in Item 15(b). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that
we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to
perform an audit of the Companys internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the
Companys internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management,
and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Nortek, Inc. at
December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 (Successor) and 2010
(Successor), the period December 20, 2009 to December 31, 2009 (Successor) and the period January 1, 2009 to December 19, 2009 (Predecessor), in
conformity with US generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the
basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Notes 2 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, on December 4, 2009, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming the plan of
reorganization, which became effective on December 17, 2009. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
conformity with Accounting Standards Codification 852-10, Reorganizations, for the Successor as a new entity with assets, liabilities and a capital structure
having carrying amounts not comparable with prior periods as described in Notes 2 and 3.
Boston, Massachusetts
March 29, 2012
F- 76
Table of Contents
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Classification
Balance at
Charged to Cost
Beginning of Year
and Expense
Charged to Other
Accounts
Deduction from
Reserves
Balance at End
of Year
(Amounts in millions)
For the period from January 1, 2009 to
December 19, 2009 - Predecessor
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales allowances
For the period from December 20, 2009 to
December 31, 2009 - Successor
14.5
4.2
$ (15.4)
(a)
(3.3) (b)
(a)
(b)
5.5
0.6
(a)
(1.2) (b)
4.9
4.9
(0.5)
(a)
(1.4) (b)
5.2
2.2
(a) Other, including the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. For the 2009 Predecessor Period, includes approximately $(13.0) million of
fresh-start accounting adjustments. See Note 3, Fresh-Start Accounting, to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
report.
S- 1
Table of Contents
Exhibits marked with an asterisk (*) are filed herewith. The remainder of the exhibits has heretofore been filed with the SEC and is incorporated herein by
reference. Exhibits marked with a double asterisk (**) identify each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
2 .1
2 .2
3 .1
3 .2
4 .1
4 .2
4 .3
4 .4
4 .5
4 .6
4 .7
**10 .1
**10 .2
**10 .3
**10 .4
**10 .5
Joint Plan of Reorganization of Nortek, Inc. filed with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware on December 4,
2009. (Exhibit 2.1 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed April 15, 2010.)
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 3, 2010 among Ergotron, Inc., the Seller Representatives named therein, Nortek, Inc.,
and Eagan Acquisition Corporation. (Exhibit 2.1 to Nortek, Inc. Form 8-K filed December 6, 2010.)
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Nortek, Inc. (Exhibit 3.1 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed April 15, 2010.)
Amended and Restated By-Laws of Nortek, Inc. (Exhibit 3.2 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed April 15, 2010.)
Form of Common Stock Certificate. (Exhibit 4.3 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed April 15, 2010.)
Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock. (Exhibit 4.4 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed April 15, 2010.)
Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement between Nortek, Inc. as Issuer and U.S. Bank National Association as Warrant Agent. (Exhibit
4.1 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10-Q filed August 17, 2010.)
Indenture dated as of November 23, 2010 between Nortek, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee relating to the 10% Senior
Notes due 2018 (Exhibit 4.1 to Nortek, Inc. Form 8-K filed November 24, 2010.)
Registration Rights Agreement dated November 23, 2010 by and among Nortek, Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner Smith Incorporated
(Exhibit 4.2 to Nortek, Inc. Form 8-K filed November 24, 2010.)
Indenture dated as of April 26, 2011 between Nortek, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee relating to 8.5% Senior Notes
due 2021 (Exhibit 10.2 to Nortek, Inc. Form 8-K filed April 28, 2011).
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2011, by and among Nortek, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and UBS Securities
LLC as the Initial Purchaser. (Exhibit 10.3 to Nortek, Inc. Form 8-K filed April 28, 2011.)
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Nortek, Inc. and certain officers and directors. (Exhibit 10.1 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed
April 15, 2010.)
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Richard L. Bready, dated as of August 27, 2004. (Exhibit 10.2 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10
filed April 15, 2010.)
Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Richard L. Bready, dated as of December 17, 2009. (Exhibit 10.3 to
Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed April 15, 2010.)
Separation Agreement of Richard L. Bready, dated as of June 30, 2011. (Exhibit 10.1 to Nortek, Inc. Form 8-K filed July 5, 2011.)
Interim Chief Executive Officer Agreement of J. David Smith, dated as of June 30, 2011. (Exhibit 10.2 to Nortek, Inc. Form 8-K filed July
5, 2011.)
**10 .6
**10 .7
**10 .8
**10 .9
**10 .10
**10 .11
**10 .12
**10 .13
Employment Agreement of Michael J. Clarke, dated as of December 16, 2011. (Exhibit 10.1 to Nortek, Inc. Form 8-K filed December 21,
2011.)
Consulting Agreement, dated July 14, 2011, between Hirshorn Operating Partners LLC and Nortek, Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to Nortek, Inc.
form 10-Q filed August 9, 2011.)
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Almon C. Hall, III, dated as of August 27, 2004. (Exhibit 10.4 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10
filed April 15, 2010.)
Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Almon C. Hall, III, dated as of December 17, 2009. (Exhibit 10.5 to
Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed April 15, 2010.)
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Kevin W. Donnelly, dated as of August 27, 2004. (Exhibit 10.6 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10
filed April 15, 2010.)
Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Kevin W. Donnelly, dated as of December 17, 2009. (Exhibit 10.7 to
Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed April 15, 2010.)
Separation Agreement of Bruce E. Fleming, dated as of August 23, 2011. (Exhibit 10.1 to Nortek, Inc. Form 8-K filed August 17, 2011.)
Nortek, Inc. Second Amended and Restated Change in Control Severance Benefit Plan for Key Employees dated August 27, 2004. (Exhibit
10.8 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed April 15, 2010.)
Table of Contents
**10 .14
**10
**10
**10
**10
**10
**10
.15
.16
.17
.18
.19
.20
**10 .21
**10 .22
**10 .23
**10 .24
**10 .25
**10 .26
10 .27
10 .28
10 .29
10 .30
10 .31
10 .32
First Amendment to the Nortek, Inc. Second Amended and Restated Change in Control Severance Benefit Plan for Key Employees dated
December 29, 2008. (Exhibit 10.9 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed April 15, 2010.)
Nortek, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Exhibit 10.10 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed April 15, 2010.)
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement. (Exhibit 10.11 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed April 15, 2010.)
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement. (Exhibit 10.12 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed April 15, 2010.)
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement. (Exhibit 10.13 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed April 15, 2010.)
Nortek, Inc. Emergence Bonus Plan, dated as of December 4, 2009. (Exhibit 10.14 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed April 15, 2010.)
Nortek, Inc. 2011 Short-Term Cash Incentive Plan for Nortek Executives (under the Nortek, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan). (Exhibit
10.1 to Nortek, Inc. Form 8-K filed October 21, 2011.)
Nortek, Inc. 2012 Short-Term Cash Incentive Plan for Nortek Executives (under the Nortek, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan). (Exhibit
10.2 to Nortek, Inc. Form 8-K filed December 21, 2011.)
Nortek, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan B, effective as of January 1, 1998. (Exhibit 10.15 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed
Table of Contents
10 .34
10 .35
10 .36
*21 .1
*31 .1
*31 .2
*32
* 101 .INS
* 101 .SCH
* 101 .CAL
* 101 .DEF
* 101 .LAB
* 101 .PRE
Credit Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2011, among Nortek, Inc., as the Borrower, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative
Agent and Collateral Agent, the other financial institutions party thereto as Lenders, UBS Securities LLC as Sole Arranger and
Bookrunner, and Syndication Agent and Documentation Agent. (Exhibit 10.14 to Nortek, Inc. Form 8-K filed April 28, 2011.)
Security Agreement, dated April 26, 2011, among Nortek, Inc. and the Additional Grantors party thereto and UBS AG, Stamford
Branch, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent. (Exhibit 10.29 to Amendment No. 2 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed September 14,
2011.)
Guaranty, dated April 26, 2011, by Nortek, Inc., the other Persons party thereto and the Additional Guarantors as Guarantors. (Exhibit
10.30 to Amendment No. 2 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed September 14, 2011.)
Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated April 26, 2011, among Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent under the
ABL Credit Agreement, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Term Loan Collateral Agent, Nortek, Inc., and the subsidiaries of Nortek, Inc.
party thereto. (Exhibit 10.31 to Amendment No. 2 to Nortek, Inc. Form 10 filed September 14, 2011.)
List of subsidiaries.
Certificate of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certificate of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certificate of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code,
as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
XBRL Instance Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
Exhibit 21.1
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
Set forth below is a list of all subsidiaries of the Company as of December 31, 2011 the assets and operations of
which are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements of Nortek, Inc., except subsidiaries that, considered in the
aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a significant subsidiary:
NAME OF SUBSIDIARY
Best S.p.A.
Best Deutschland GmbH
Best France S.A.
Best Poland S.p.zo.o.
Broan Building Products (Huizhou) Co., Ltd.
Broan Building Products-Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Broan-NuTone (HK) Limited
Broan-NuTone Canada, Inc.
Broan-NuTone LLC
Broan-NuTone Storage Solutions LP
CES Group, LLC
Dongguan Ergotron Precision Technology Co. Ltd.
Gefen, LLC
Governair LLC
Huntair, Inc.
Innergy Tech Inc.
Linear LLC
Linear H.K. Manufacturing Ltd.
Lite Touch, Inc.
Magenta Research, Ltd.
Mammoth, Inc.
Miller de Mexico S.A. de R.L. de C.V.
Nordyne Argentina SRL
Jurisdiction
Italy
Germany
France
Poland
China
Mexico
Hong Kong
Ontario, Canada
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
China
United Kingdom
Minnesota
The Netherlands
Florida
California
Oklahoma
Delaware
Quebec, Canada
California
Hong Kong
Utah
Connecticut
Delaware
Mexico
Argentina
Brazil
Puerto Rico
Delaware
Delaware
China
Michigan
California
California
California
Delaware
Temtrol, LLC
The AVC Group, LLC
TV One Broadcast Sales Corporation
TV One Limited
TV One Asia Limited
Venmar CES, Inc.
Venmar Ventilation Inc.
Ventrol Air Handling Systems Inc.
Zephyr Ventilation, LLC
Oklahoma
Delaware
Kentucky
United Kingdom
China
Saskatchewan, Canada
Quebec, Canada
Quebec, Canada
California
Exhibit 31.1
Section 302 Certification
CERTIFICATION
I, Michael J. Clarke, certify that:
1 I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Nortek, Inc.;
2 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
3 Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;
4 The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in the Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation;
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5 The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
(b)
Date:
/s/Michael J. Clarke
Name: Michael J. Clarke
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
Exhibit 31.2
Section 302 Certification
CERTIFICATION
I, Almon C. Hall, certify that:
1 I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Nortek, Inc.;
2 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
3 Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;
4 The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in the Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation;
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5 The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
(b)
Date:
/s/Almon C. Hall
Name: Almon C. Hall
Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, as President and Chief Executive Officer and Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer, respectively, of Nortek, Inc. (the Company), do hereby certify that to their knowledge:
1. the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 fully
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2. the information contained in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2011 fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.